Temporarily leave quoting for AC_DEFINE.
[emacs.git] / lisp / loaddefs.el
blobc40afc74af6b81f185a167472e33fd5c33b421b3
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (15935 48681))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
36 \(fn)" t nil)
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
41 \(fn)" t nil)
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
46 \(fn)" t nil)
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
52 \(fn)" t nil)
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
64 ;;;***
66 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
67 ;;;;;; (16065 23055))
68 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
70 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
71 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
72 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
73 extensions.
74 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
75 name
77 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
79 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
80 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
81 This version was built on $Date: 2003/05/13 20:48:15 $.
83 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
84 \\{ada-mode-map}
86 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
87 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
89 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
90 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
92 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
93 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
95 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
97 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
98 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
100 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
101 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
103 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
104 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
105 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
106 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
107 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
109 If you use imenu.el:
110 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
112 If you use find-file.el:
113 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
114 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
115 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
116 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
117 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
119 If you use ada-xref.el:
120 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
121 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
122 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
124 \(fn)" t nil)
126 ;;;***
128 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
129 ;;;;;; (16053 28656))
130 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
132 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
133 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
135 \(fn)" t nil)
137 ;;;***
139 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
140 ;;;;;; (16065 24704))
141 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
143 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
144 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
145 Completion is available.
147 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
149 ;;;***
151 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
152 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
153 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
154 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
155 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (16111 31859))
156 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
158 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
159 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
160 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
161 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
163 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log")
165 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
166 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
167 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
169 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log")
171 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
172 *Electronic mail addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
173 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
174 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
175 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
176 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
178 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log")
180 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
181 Prompt for a change log name.
183 \(fn)" nil nil)
185 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
186 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
188 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
189 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
190 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
191 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
193 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
194 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
195 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
197 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
198 current buffer to the complete file name.
199 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
201 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
203 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
204 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
205 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
206 name and site.
208 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
209 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
211 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
213 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
214 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
215 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
217 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
218 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
219 the same person.
221 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
222 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
223 notices.
225 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
226 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
228 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
230 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
231 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
232 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
233 the change log file in another window.
235 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
236 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
238 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
239 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
240 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
241 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
242 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
243 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
244 \\{change-log-mode-map}
246 \(fn)" t nil)
248 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
249 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
251 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
252 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
254 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
255 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
257 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
258 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
260 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
261 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
263 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
264 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
265 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
266 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
267 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
269 Has a preference of looking backwards.
271 \(fn)" nil nil)
273 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
274 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
275 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
276 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
277 or a buffer.
279 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
280 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
282 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
284 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
285 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
287 \(fn)" t nil)
289 ;;;***
291 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
292 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (16055
293 ;;;;;; 49030))
294 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
296 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
297 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
298 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
299 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
300 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
301 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
302 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
303 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
304 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
305 interpreted as `error'.")
307 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice")
309 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
310 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
311 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
312 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
313 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
314 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
315 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
316 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
318 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice")
320 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
321 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
322 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
323 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
324 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
325 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
326 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
327 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
328 will be overwritten with the new one.
329 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
330 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
331 will clear the cache.
333 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
335 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
336 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
337 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
339 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
340 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
341 BODY... )
343 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
344 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
345 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
346 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
347 see also `ad-add-advice'.
348 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
349 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
350 before/around/after-advices will be used.
351 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
352 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
353 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
354 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
355 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
356 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
358 Semantics of the various flags:
359 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
360 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
361 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
363 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
364 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
366 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
367 advised function should be compiled.
369 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
370 during activation until somebody enables it.
372 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
373 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
374 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
375 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
377 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
378 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
379 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
380 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
381 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
382 during preloading.
384 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
386 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
388 ;;;***
390 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
391 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
392 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (16083 48497))
393 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
395 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
396 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
397 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
398 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
399 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
400 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
401 rule's `separate' attribute).
403 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
404 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
405 `separate' attribute set.
407 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
408 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
409 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
410 on the format of these lists.
412 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
414 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
415 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
416 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
417 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
418 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
419 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
420 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
421 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
422 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
423 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
424 options.
426 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
427 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
429 Fred (123) 456-7890
430 Alice (123) 456-7890
431 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
432 Joe (123) 456-7890
434 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
435 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
436 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
438 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
440 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
441 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
442 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
443 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
444 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
445 align that section.
447 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
449 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
450 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
451 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
452 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
453 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
454 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
455 been used to align that section.
457 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
459 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
460 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
461 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
462 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
463 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
464 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
465 to be colored.
467 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
469 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
470 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
472 \(fn)" t nil)
474 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
475 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
477 \(fn)" t nil)
479 ;;;***
481 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-init) "allout" "allout.el" (16055 62232))
482 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
484 (autoload (quote allout-init) "allout" "\
485 Prime `allout-mode' to enable/disable auto-activation, wrt `allout-layout'.
487 MODE is one of the following symbols:
489 - nil (or no argument) deactivate auto-activation/layout;
490 - `activate', enable auto-activation only;
491 - `ask', enable auto-activation, and enable auto-layout but with
492 confirmation for layout operation solicited from user each time;
493 - `report', just report and return the current auto-activation state;
494 - anything else (eg, t) for auto-activation and auto-layout, without
495 any confirmation check.
497 Use this function to setup your emacs session for automatic activation
498 of allout outline mode, contingent to the buffer-specific setting of
499 the `allout-layout' variable. (See `allout-layout' and
500 `allout-expose-topic' docstrings for more details on auto layout).
502 `allout-init' works by setting up (or removing)
503 `allout-find-file-hook' in `find-file-hooks', and giving
504 `allout-auto-activation' a suitable setting.
506 To prime your emacs session for full auto-outline operation, include
507 the following two lines in your emacs init file:
509 \(require 'allout)
510 \(allout-init t)
512 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
514 ;;;***
516 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
517 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (16025 23570))
518 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
520 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
522 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
523 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
524 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
525 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
526 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
527 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
529 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
531 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
532 Not documented
534 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
536 (put (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) (quote file-remote-p) t)
538 ;;;***
540 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
541 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (15935 48681))
542 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
544 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
545 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
546 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
547 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
548 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
549 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
550 in the current window.
552 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
554 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
555 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
556 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
558 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
560 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
561 Display Sarah's birthday present in a new buffer.
563 \(fn)" t nil)
565 ;;;***
567 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
568 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (16075 41319))
569 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
571 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
572 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
574 \(fn)" t nil)
576 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
577 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
579 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
580 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
581 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
582 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
584 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
585 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
587 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
589 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
591 ;;;***
593 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
594 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (15935 48914))
595 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
597 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
598 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
599 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
600 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
601 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
602 \\[yank].
604 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
605 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
606 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
607 the rules.
609 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
610 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
611 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
612 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
614 \(fn)" t nil)
616 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
617 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
618 \\{antlr-mode-map}
620 \(fn)" t nil)
622 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
623 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
624 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
626 \(fn)" nil nil)
628 ;;;***
630 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
631 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
632 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
633 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (15935 46813))
634 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
636 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
637 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
638 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
639 as the first thing on a line.")
641 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt")
643 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
644 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
646 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt")
648 (defvar appt-audible t "\
649 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
651 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt")
653 (defvar appt-visible t "\
654 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
656 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt")
658 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
659 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
661 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt")
663 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
664 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
666 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt")
668 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
669 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
671 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt")
673 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
674 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
675 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
677 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt")
679 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
680 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
681 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
683 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
685 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
686 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
688 \(fn)" t nil)
690 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
691 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
692 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
693 put in the appointments list.
694 02/23/89
695 12:00pm lunch
696 Wednesday
697 10:00am group meeting
698 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
699 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
700 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
702 \(fn)" nil nil)
704 ;;;***
706 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
707 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos"
708 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (15935 40265))
709 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
711 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
712 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
714 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil)
716 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
717 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
718 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
719 normal variables.
721 \(fn REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
723 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
725 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
726 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
727 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
728 noninteractive functions.
730 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
731 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
733 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
735 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
736 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
738 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
740 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
741 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
742 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
743 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
744 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
746 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
748 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
749 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
750 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
751 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
752 Returns list of symbols and values found.
754 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
756 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
757 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
758 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
759 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
760 bindings.
761 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
763 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
765 ;;;***
767 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (16078
768 ;;;;;; 6141))
769 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
771 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
772 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
773 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
774 Letters no longer insert themselves.
775 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
776 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
778 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
779 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
780 archive.
782 \\{archive-mode-map}
784 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
786 ;;;***
788 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (15935 40288))
789 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
791 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
792 Major mode for editing arrays.
794 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
795 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
796 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
798 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
800 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
801 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
802 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
804 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
805 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
806 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
807 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
808 The variables are:
810 Variables you assign:
811 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
812 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
813 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
814 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
815 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
816 row numbers in the buffer.
818 Variables which are calculated:
819 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
820 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
822 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
823 take a numeric prefix argument):
825 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
826 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
827 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
828 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
830 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
831 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
832 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
833 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
835 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
836 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
837 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
838 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
840 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
841 between that of point and mark.
843 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
844 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
846 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
847 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
848 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
849 newlines inside rows)
851 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
853 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
855 \(fn)" t nil)
857 ;;;***
859 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (15792
860 ;;;;;; 10236))
861 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
863 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
864 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
865 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
866 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
868 How to quit artist mode
870 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
873 How to submit a bug report
875 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
878 Drawing with the mouse:
880 mouse-2
881 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
882 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
883 below).
885 mouse-1
886 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
887 or pastes:
889 Operation Not shifted Shifted
890 --------------------------------------------------------------
891 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
892 to new point
893 --------------------------------------------------------------
894 Line Line in any direction Straight line
895 --------------------------------------------------------------
896 Rectangle Rectangle Square
897 --------------------------------------------------------------
898 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
899 --------------------------------------------------------------
900 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
901 --------------------------------------------------------------
902 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
903 --------------------------------------------------------------
904 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
905 --------------------------------------------------------------
906 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
907 --------------------------------------------------------------
908 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
909 lines
910 --------------------------------------------------------------
911 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
912 --------------------------------------------------------------
913 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
914 --------------------------------------------------------------
915 Paste Paste Paste
916 --------------------------------------------------------------
917 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
918 --------------------------------------------------------------
920 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
921 or diagonally.
923 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
924 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
925 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
926 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
927 poly-lines.
929 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
930 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
931 overwrite means the opposite.
933 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
934 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
935 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
937 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
939 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
940 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
942 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
943 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
944 are currently drawing something.
946 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
947 some time to fill.
950 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
951 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
954 Settings
956 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
958 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
960 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
962 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
964 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
965 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
967 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
970 Drawing with keys
972 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
973 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
974 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
975 When erase characters: toggles erasing
976 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
977 When pasting: Pastes
979 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
981 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
983 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
984 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
985 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
986 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
987 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
988 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
991 Arrows
993 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
994 of the line/poly-line
996 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
997 of the line/poly-line
1000 Selecting operation
1002 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1004 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1005 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1006 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1007 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1008 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1009 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1010 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1011 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1012 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1013 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1014 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1015 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1016 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1017 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1018 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1019 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1020 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1021 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1022 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1023 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1026 Variables
1028 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1029 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1031 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1032 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1033 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1034 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1035 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1036 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1037 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1038 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1039 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1040 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1041 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1042 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1043 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1044 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1045 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1046 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1047 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1048 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1049 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1051 Hooks
1053 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1054 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1057 Keymap summary
1059 \\{artist-mode-map}
1061 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1063 ;;;***
1065 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (16011
1066 ;;;;;; 4976))
1067 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1069 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1070 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1071 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1073 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1074 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1075 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1076 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1078 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1079 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1081 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1082 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1084 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1086 Special commands:
1087 \\{asm-mode-map}
1089 \(fn)" t nil)
1091 ;;;***
1093 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1094 ;;;;;; (15935 48553))
1095 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1097 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1098 Obsolete.")
1100 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show")
1102 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1103 This command is obsolete.
1105 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
1107 ;;;***
1109 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1110 ;;;;;; (15851 22937))
1111 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1113 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1114 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1115 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1116 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1117 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
1119 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg")
1121 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1122 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1123 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1124 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1125 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1126 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1127 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1128 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1129 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1130 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1132 For example:
1133 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1134 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1135 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1136 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1137 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1139 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1141 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1143 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1144 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1145 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1146 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1147 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1149 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg")
1151 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1152 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1153 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1154 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1155 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1156 &c to supply digit arguments.
1158 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1160 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1162 ;;;***
1164 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1165 ;;;;;; (16065 23715))
1166 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1168 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1169 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1171 \(fn)" t nil)
1173 ;;;***
1175 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1176 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (15935 40121))
1177 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1179 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1180 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1181 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1183 \(fn)" t nil)
1185 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1186 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1187 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1188 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1190 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1192 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1193 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1194 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1195 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1196 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1198 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert")
1200 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1201 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1202 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1203 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1205 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1206 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1210 ;;;***
1212 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1213 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1214 ;;;;;; (16067 45352))
1215 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1217 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1218 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1219 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1220 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it.
1222 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1224 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1225 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1226 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work.
1227 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1228 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1229 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1231 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1232 directory or directories specified.
1234 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1236 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1237 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1238 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1240 \(fn)" nil nil)
1242 ;;;***
1244 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
1245 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (15538 8758))
1246 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1248 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
1249 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
1250 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode' instead.")
1252 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1253 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1255 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1256 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1257 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1259 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1261 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1262 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1264 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1265 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1267 \(fn)" nil nil)
1269 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1270 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1271 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1272 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1273 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1275 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert")
1277 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1278 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1280 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1281 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1282 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1284 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1286 ;;;***
1288 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1289 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (15197 22088))
1290 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1292 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1293 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1294 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1295 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1296 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1298 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid")
1300 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1301 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1302 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1303 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1305 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1306 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1307 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1309 Effects of the different modes:
1310 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1311 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1312 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1313 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1314 a random distance & direction.
1315 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1316 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1317 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1319 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1321 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1322 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1323 definition of \"random distance\".)
1325 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1327 ;;;***
1329 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (15303
1330 ;;;;;; 10362))
1331 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
1333 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
1334 Major mode for editing AWK code.
1335 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
1336 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
1337 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
1339 Turning on AWK mode runs `awk-mode-hook'." t nil)
1341 ;;;***
1343 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1344 ;;;;;; (15935 47054))
1345 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1347 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1348 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1350 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1351 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1353 For example:
1355 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1356 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1357 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1358 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1360 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1362 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1364 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1366 ;;;***
1368 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1369 ;;;;;; (15380 36042))
1370 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1372 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1373 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1374 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1375 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1377 \(fn)" t nil)
1379 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
1380 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1381 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1382 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1383 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1384 seconds.
1386 \(fn)" t nil)
1388 ;;;***
1390 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1391 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (15934 33472))
1392 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1394 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1395 Time execution of FORMS.
1396 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1397 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1398 FORMS once.
1399 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1400 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1401 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1403 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1405 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1406 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1407 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1408 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1409 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1411 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1413 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1414 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1415 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1416 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1417 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1419 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1421 ;;;***
1423 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (16111
1424 ;;;;;; 31886))
1425 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1427 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1428 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1430 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1432 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
1433 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1434 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
1435 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1436 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1438 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
1439 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
1440 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
1441 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1442 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1443 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1445 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
1446 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
1447 BibTeX mode.
1450 Special information:
1452 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1454 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1455 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1456 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1457 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1458 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1459 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
1460 current field.
1461 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1462 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1464 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1465 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1466 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1467 `bibtex-entry-format'.
1468 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1469 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1470 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1472 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
1473 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
1475 The following may be of interest as well:
1477 Functions:
1478 `bibtex-entry'
1479 `bibtex-kill-entry'
1480 `bibtex-yank-pop'
1481 `bibtex-pop-previous'
1482 `bibtex-pop-next'
1483 `bibtex-complete'
1484 `bibtex-print-help-message'
1485 `bibtex-generate-autokey'
1486 `bibtex-beginning-of-entry'
1487 `bibtex-end-of-entry'
1488 `bibtex-reposition-window'
1489 `bibtex-mark-entry'
1490 `bibtex-ispell-abstract'
1491 `bibtex-ispell-entry'
1492 `bibtex-narrow-to-entry'
1493 `bibtex-sort-buffer'
1494 `bibtex-validate'
1495 `bibtex-count'
1496 `bibtex-fill-entry'
1497 `bibtex-reformat'
1498 `bibtex-convert-alien'
1500 Variables:
1501 `bibtex-field-delimiters'
1502 `bibtex-include-OPTcrossref'
1503 `bibtex-include-OPTkey'
1504 `bibtex-user-optional-fields'
1505 `bibtex-entry-format'
1506 `bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries'
1507 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries'
1508 `bibtex-entry-field-alist'
1509 `bibtex-predefined-strings'
1510 `bibtex-string-files'
1512 ---------------------------------------------------------
1513 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1514 non-nil.
1516 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1518 \(fn)" t nil)
1520 ;;;***
1522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (15834 24337))
1523 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1525 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1527 ;;;***
1529 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (15935
1530 ;;;;;; 48681))
1531 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1533 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1534 Play blackbox.
1535 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1537 What is blackbox?
1539 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1540 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1541 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1542 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1543 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1544 your score.
1546 Overview of play:
1548 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1549 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1550 four.
1552 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1553 movement keys.
1555 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1556 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1558 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1559 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1561 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1562 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1563 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1564 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1565 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1566 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1568 Details:
1570 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1572 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1573 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1574 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1575 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1577 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1578 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1579 denoted by the letter `R'.
1581 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1582 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1583 denoted by the letter `H'.
1585 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1586 example.
1588 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1589 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1590 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1591 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1592 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1593 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1594 ray.
1596 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1597 degree deflection it causes.
1600 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1601 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1602 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1603 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1604 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1605 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1606 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1607 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1610 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1611 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1614 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1615 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1616 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1617 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1618 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1619 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1620 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1621 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1623 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1624 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1625 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1626 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1627 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1628 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1629 emerging from the box.
1631 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1633 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1634 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1635 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1636 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1637 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1638 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1639 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1640 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1642 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1643 a reflection.
1645 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1647 ;;;***
1649 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1650 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1651 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1652 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1653 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1654 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (15832 12509))
1655 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1656 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1657 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1658 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1660 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1661 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1662 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1663 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1664 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1665 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1667 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
1669 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
1671 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
1673 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
1675 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
1677 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
1679 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
1681 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1683 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
1685 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
1687 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
1689 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
1691 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
1693 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1694 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1695 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1696 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1697 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1698 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1699 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1700 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1701 recent one.
1703 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1704 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1705 yank successive words.
1707 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1708 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1709 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1710 name of the file being visited.
1712 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1713 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1714 the list of bookmarks.)
1716 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
1718 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1719 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1720 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1721 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1722 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1723 this.
1725 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1726 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1727 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1728 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
1730 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1732 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1733 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1734 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1735 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1736 after a bookmark was set in it.
1738 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1740 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1741 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1742 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1743 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
1745 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
1747 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1749 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1750 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1751 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1752 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1754 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1755 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1756 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1758 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1759 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1760 name.
1762 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
1764 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1765 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1766 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1767 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1768 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1769 this.
1771 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1773 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1774 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1775 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1776 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1777 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1778 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1779 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1780 probably because we were called from there.
1782 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
1784 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1785 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1786 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
1788 \(fn)" t nil)
1790 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1791 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1792 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1793 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1794 \(second argument).
1796 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1797 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1798 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1799 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1800 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1802 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1803 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1804 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1805 `bookmark-default-file'.
1807 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
1809 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1810 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1811 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1812 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1813 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1814 while loading.
1816 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1817 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1818 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1819 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1820 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1821 explicitly.
1823 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1824 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1825 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1826 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
1828 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
1830 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1831 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1832 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1833 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1834 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
1836 \(fn)" t nil)
1838 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1840 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1842 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
1843 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1844 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1845 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1846 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1847 this.
1849 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1850 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1851 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1853 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1855 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
1856 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1857 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1858 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1859 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1860 this.
1862 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1863 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1864 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1866 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1868 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
1869 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1870 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1872 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1873 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1874 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1876 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1878 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
1879 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1880 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1881 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1882 prompts for NEWNAME.
1883 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1884 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1885 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1887 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1888 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1889 name.
1891 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1892 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1893 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1895 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1897 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
1898 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1899 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1900 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1901 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1902 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1904 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1905 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1906 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1908 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1910 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1912 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
1914 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1916 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1918 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1920 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1922 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1924 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1926 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1928 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1930 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1932 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1934 ;;;***
1936 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1937 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1938 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1939 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1940 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
1941 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1942 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1943 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function)
1944 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (16111 31879))
1945 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1947 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
1948 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1949 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1950 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1952 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1953 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1954 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1955 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1956 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1958 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url")
1960 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1961 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1962 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1963 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1964 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1965 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
1967 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
1969 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1970 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1971 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1972 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1973 narrowed.
1975 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
1977 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1978 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
1980 \(fn)" t nil)
1982 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1983 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
1985 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
1987 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1988 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1989 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1990 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1992 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
1994 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1995 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1996 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1997 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1999 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2001 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2002 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2003 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2004 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2005 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2006 to use.
2008 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2010 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2011 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2012 Default to the URL around or before point.
2014 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2015 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2016 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2017 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2019 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2020 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2022 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Galeon, Netscape,
2023 Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, MMM, Konqueror, and then W3.
2025 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2027 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2028 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2029 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2030 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2032 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2033 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2034 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2035 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2037 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2038 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2040 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2042 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2043 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2044 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2045 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2047 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2048 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2049 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2050 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2052 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2053 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2054 new tab in an existing window instead.
2056 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2057 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2059 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2061 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2062 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2063 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2064 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2066 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2067 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2068 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2069 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2071 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2072 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2073 new tab in an existing window instead.
2075 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2076 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2078 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2080 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2081 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2082 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2083 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2085 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2086 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2087 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2088 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2090 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2091 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2093 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2095 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2096 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2098 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2099 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2100 program is invoked according to the variable
2101 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2103 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2104 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2105 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2106 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2108 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2109 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2111 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2113 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2114 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2115 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2116 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2118 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2120 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2121 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2122 Default to the URL around or before point.
2124 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2125 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2126 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2128 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2129 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2130 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2131 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2133 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2134 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2136 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2138 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2139 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2140 Default to the URL around or before point.
2142 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2144 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2145 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2146 Default to the URL around or before point.
2148 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2149 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2150 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2152 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2153 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2155 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2157 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2158 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2159 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2160 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2162 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2164 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2165 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2166 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2167 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2168 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2170 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2172 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2173 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2174 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2175 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2177 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2178 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2179 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2180 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2182 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2183 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2185 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2187 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2188 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2189 Default to the URL around or before point.
2191 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2193 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2194 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
2195 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2196 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2197 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2198 current one.
2200 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2201 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2202 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2203 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2205 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2206 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2208 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2210 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2211 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2212 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2213 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2214 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2215 don't offer a form of remote control.
2217 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2219 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2220 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2221 Default to the URL around or before point.
2223 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2225 ;;;***
2227 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (15828
2228 ;;;;;; 33860))
2229 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2231 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2232 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2234 \(fn)" t nil)
2236 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2237 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2239 \(fn)" nil nil)
2241 ;;;***
2243 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2244 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (15727 20555))
2245 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2247 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2248 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2249 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2250 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2252 \(fn)" t nil)
2254 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2255 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2256 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2257 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2259 \(fn)" t nil)
2261 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2262 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2264 \(fn)" t nil)
2266 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2267 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2268 \\<bs-mode-map>
2269 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2270 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2271 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2272 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2274 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2275 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2276 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2277 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2278 name of buffer configuration.
2280 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2282 ;;;***
2284 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2285 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (15887
2286 ;;;;;; 35338))
2287 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2289 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2290 Keymap used by buttons.")
2292 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2293 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2294 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2296 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2297 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2298 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2299 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2300 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2301 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2303 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2304 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2305 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2306 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2308 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2310 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2311 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2312 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2313 specifying properties to add to the button.
2314 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2315 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2316 `define-button-type'.
2318 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2320 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2322 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2323 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2324 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2325 specifying properties to add to the button.
2326 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2327 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2328 `define-button-type'.
2330 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2332 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2334 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2335 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2336 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2337 specifying properties to add to the button.
2338 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2339 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2340 `define-button-type'.
2342 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2343 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2344 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2345 `make-text-button'.
2347 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2349 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2351 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2352 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2353 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2354 specifying properties to add to the button.
2355 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2356 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2357 `define-button-type'.
2359 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2360 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2361 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2362 `insert-text-button'.
2364 Also see `make-text-button'.
2366 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2368 ;;;***
2370 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2371 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2372 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2373 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2374 ;;;;;; (16111 31866))
2375 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2377 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2378 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2379 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2381 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2383 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2384 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2385 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2386 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2388 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2389 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2390 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2391 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2392 whether to compile it.
2394 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2396 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2397 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2399 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2401 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2402 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2403 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2404 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2405 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2407 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2409 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2410 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2411 Print the result in the minibuffer.
2412 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2414 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2416 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2417 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2418 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2420 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2422 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2423 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2424 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2425 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2426 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2427 all functions called by those functions.
2429 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2430 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2431 cons, etc.).
2433 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2434 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2435 invoked interactively.
2437 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2439 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2440 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2441 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2442 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2444 \(fn)" nil nil)
2446 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2447 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2448 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2449 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2450 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2451 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2452 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2453 already up-to-date.
2455 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2457 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2458 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2459 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2460 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2462 \(fn)" nil nil)
2464 ;;;***
2466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (15935 46813))
2467 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2469 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2471 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2473 ;;;***
2475 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2476 ;;;;;; (15935 46813))
2477 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2479 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2480 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2481 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2482 from the cursor position.
2484 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2486 ;;;***
2488 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2489 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2490 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (15935
2491 ;;;;;; 46670))
2492 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2494 (defvar calc-info-filename "calc.info" "\
2495 *File name in which to look for the Calculator's Info documentation.")
2497 (defvar calc-settings-file user-init-file "\
2498 *File in which to record permanent settings; default is `user-init-file'.")
2500 (defvar calc-autoload-directory nil "\
2501 Name of directory from which additional \".elc\" files for Calc should be
2502 loaded. Should include a trailing \"/\".
2503 If nil, use original installation directory.
2504 This can safely be nil as long as the Calc files are on the load-path.")
2506 (defvar calc-gnuplot-name "gnuplot" "\
2507 *Name of GNUPLOT program, for calc-graph features.")
2509 (defvar calc-gnuplot-plot-command nil "\
2510 *Name of command for displaying GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2512 (defvar calc-gnuplot-print-command "lp %s" "\
2513 *Name of command for printing GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2514 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch)
2516 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2517 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2521 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2522 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2524 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2526 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2527 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2529 \(fn)" t nil)
2531 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2532 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2534 \(fn)" t nil)
2536 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2537 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2538 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2539 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2541 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2543 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2544 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2545 This is most useful in the X window system.
2546 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2547 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2549 \(fn)" t nil)
2551 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2552 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2553 See calc-keypad for details.
2555 \(fn)" t nil)
2557 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2558 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2560 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2562 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2563 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2565 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2567 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2568 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2570 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2572 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2573 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2574 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2576 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2578 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2579 Not documented
2581 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2583 ;;;***
2585 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el"
2586 ;;;;;; (15935 46669))
2587 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
2589 (autoload (quote calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "\
2590 This function is part of the autoload linkage for parts of Calc.
2592 \(fn)" nil nil)
2594 ;;;***
2596 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (15934
2597 ;;;;;; 39203))
2598 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2600 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2601 Run the Emacs calculator.
2602 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2604 \(fn)" t nil)
2606 ;;;***
2608 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2609 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2610 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2611 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2612 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2613 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2614 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2615 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2616 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
2617 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2618 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2619 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
2620 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2621 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2622 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
2623 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
2624 ;;;;;; (15953 24862))
2625 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2627 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2628 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
2629 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2631 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar")
2633 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2634 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2635 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2636 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2637 the screen.")
2639 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar")
2641 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2642 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
2643 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2644 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2645 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
2647 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar")
2649 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2650 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2651 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2652 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2653 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2654 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2655 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2657 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2658 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2659 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2660 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2661 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2663 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2664 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2665 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2667 (custom-autoload (quote number-of-diary-entries) "calendar")
2669 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2670 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2671 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2673 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar")
2675 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2676 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2677 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2679 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar")
2681 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2682 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2683 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2684 displayed.")
2686 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar")
2688 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2689 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2690 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2692 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar")
2694 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2695 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2696 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2698 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2700 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2702 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2703 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2704 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2706 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2707 calendar.")
2709 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2711 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2712 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2713 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2715 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2716 calendar.")
2718 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2720 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2721 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2722 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2724 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar")
2726 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2727 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2728 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2729 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2730 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2732 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar")
2734 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2735 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2736 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2737 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2738 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2739 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2740 a function is also provided for this:
2741 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2743 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2744 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2745 date is not visible in the window.
2747 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2748 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2749 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2751 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2753 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2754 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2756 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2757 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2758 date is visible in the window.
2760 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2761 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2762 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2764 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2766 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2767 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2769 For example,
2771 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2773 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2775 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar")
2777 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2778 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2780 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
2782 MONTH/DAY
2783 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2784 MONTHNAME DAY
2785 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2786 DAYNAME
2788 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
2789 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
2790 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
2791 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
2792 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
2793 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
2794 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
2795 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
2796 respectively.
2798 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
2799 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
2800 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
2802 DAY/MONTH
2803 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2804 DAY MONTHNAME
2805 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2806 DAYNAME
2808 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2809 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2811 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2812 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2813 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2814 window but will appear in a diary window.
2816 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2817 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2819 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2820 entries (in the default American style):
2822 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2823 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2824 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2825 21: Payday
2826 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2827 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2828 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2829 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2830 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2831 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2832 &* 15 time cards due.
2834 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2835 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2836 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2837 single diary entry
2839 02/11/1989
2840 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2841 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2842 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2843 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2844 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2845 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2847 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2848 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2849 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2851 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2853 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2855 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
2856 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2857 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2858 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2859 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2860 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2861 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2862 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2863 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2865 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2866 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2867 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2868 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2869 for these functions for details.
2871 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2872 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2874 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar")
2876 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2877 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2879 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar")
2881 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2882 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2884 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2886 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2887 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2889 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2891 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2892 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2893 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2895 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar")
2897 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2898 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2899 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2901 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2903 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2904 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2905 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2906 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2908 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar")
2910 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2911 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2912 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2913 1990. The accepted European date styles are
2915 DAY/MONTH
2916 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2917 DAY MONTHNAME
2918 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2919 DAYNAME
2921 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
2922 characters with or without a period.")
2924 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar")
2926 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2927 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2928 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2930 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2932 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2933 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2934 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2936 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2938 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2939 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2940 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2942 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2944 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2945 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2946 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2948 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2950 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2951 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2952 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2953 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2954 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2955 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2957 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2959 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2960 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2961 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2963 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2964 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2965 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2966 of the form
2968 #include \"filename\"
2970 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2971 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2972 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2973 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2974 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2976 For example, you could use
2978 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2979 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2980 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2982 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2983 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2984 lexicographic order.")
2986 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2988 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2989 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2990 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2992 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar")
2994 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2995 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2996 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2997 diary display.
2999 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3000 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3001 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3002 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3003 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3004 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3005 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3007 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3008 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3009 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3010 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3011 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3012 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3013 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3014 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3016 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar")
3018 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3019 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3020 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
3021 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
3022 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3023 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3025 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar")
3027 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3028 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3030 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3031 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3032 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3033 of the form
3034 #include \"filename\"
3035 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3036 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3037 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3038 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3039 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3041 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3043 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3044 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3045 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
3046 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
3047 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3048 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3050 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar")
3052 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3053 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3054 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3055 are holidays.")
3057 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar")
3059 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3060 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3061 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3062 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3063 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3065 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar")
3067 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3069 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3070 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3071 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3073 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar")
3075 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3077 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3078 *Oriental holidays.
3079 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3081 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar")
3083 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3085 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3086 *Local holidays.
3087 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3089 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar")
3091 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3093 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3094 *User defined holidays.
3095 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3097 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar")
3099 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3101 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3103 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3105 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3107 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3109 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3111 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3113 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3115 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3117 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3118 *Jewish holidays.
3119 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3121 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar")
3123 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3125 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3126 *Christian holidays.
3127 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3129 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar")
3131 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3133 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3134 *Islamic holidays.
3135 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3137 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar")
3139 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3141 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3142 *Sun-related holidays.
3143 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3145 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar")
3147 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3149 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3150 The frame set up of the calendar.
3151 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3152 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3153 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3154 any other value the current frame is used.")
3156 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3157 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3158 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3160 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3161 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3163 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3165 ;;;***
3167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (16065 23993))
3168 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
3170 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3171 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3173 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3174 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3176 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3177 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3179 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3180 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3182 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3183 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3185 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3186 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3188 ;;;***
3190 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3191 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3192 ;;;;;; (16116 34477))
3193 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3195 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3196 Not documented
3198 \(fn)" nil nil)
3200 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3201 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3202 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3203 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3204 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3205 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
3207 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3209 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
3210 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
3211 run first.
3213 Key bindings:
3214 \\{c-mode-map}
3216 \(fn)" t nil)
3218 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3219 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3220 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3221 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3222 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3223 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3224 message.
3226 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3228 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
3229 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
3230 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
3232 Key bindings:
3233 \\{c++-mode-map}
3235 \(fn)" t nil)
3237 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3238 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3239 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3240 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3241 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3242 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3243 message.
3245 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3247 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
3248 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
3249 is run first.
3251 Key bindings:
3252 \\{objc-mode-map}
3254 \(fn)" t nil)
3256 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3257 Major mode for editing Java code.
3258 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3259 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3260 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3261 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
3262 message.
3264 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3266 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
3267 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
3268 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
3269 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
3270 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
3272 Key bindings:
3273 \\{java-mode-map}
3275 \(fn)" t nil)
3277 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3278 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
3279 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3280 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3281 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3282 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3283 message.
3285 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3287 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
3288 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
3289 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
3291 Key bindings:
3292 \\{idl-mode-map}
3294 \(fn)" t nil)
3296 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3297 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3298 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3299 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3300 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3301 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3302 message.
3304 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3306 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
3307 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
3308 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
3310 Key bindings:
3311 \\{pike-mode-map}
3313 \(fn)" t nil)
3315 ;;;***
3317 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3318 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (15942 63314))
3319 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3321 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3322 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
3323 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
3324 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
3325 for details of setting up styles.
3327 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
3328 style name.
3330 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is t, no style variables that
3331 already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
3332 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
3333 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
3334 will be reassigned.
3336 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, only those style variables that
3337 have default (i.e. non-buffer local) values will keep their settings
3338 while the rest will be overridden. This is useful to avoid overriding
3339 global settings done in ~/.emacs when setting a style from a mode hook
3340 \(providing the style variables are buffer local, which is the
3341 default).
3343 Obviously, setting DONT-OVERRIDE to t is useful mainly when the
3344 initial style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since
3345 that is done internally by CC Mode, it typically won't have any effect
3346 when used elsewhere.
3348 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3350 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3351 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3352 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
3353 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3355 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3357 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3358 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3359 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3361 \(fn STYLE DESCRIP &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3363 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3364 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3365 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3366 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3367 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3369 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3371 ;;;***
3373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (15954 24280))
3374 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3376 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
3377 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
3378 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
3379 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
3380 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
3382 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
3383 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
3385 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
3386 `infodock'.")
3388 ;;;***
3390 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3391 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3392 ;;;;;; (16078 25937))
3393 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3395 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3396 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3398 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3400 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3401 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3403 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3405 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3406 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3408 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3409 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3410 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3411 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3412 execution.
3414 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3416 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3418 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3419 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3421 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3422 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3423 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3424 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3426 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3427 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3428 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3429 `write' commands.
3431 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3432 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3433 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3434 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3436 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3437 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3438 semantics.
3440 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3442 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3444 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3446 STATEMENT :=
3447 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3448 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3450 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3451 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3452 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3453 | integer
3455 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3457 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3458 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3459 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3461 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3462 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3463 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3465 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3466 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3468 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3469 BREAK := (break)
3471 REPEAT :=
3472 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3473 (repeat)
3474 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3475 ;; (repeat))
3476 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3477 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3478 ;; (read REG)
3479 ;; (repeat))
3480 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3481 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3482 ;; (read REG)
3483 ;; (repeat))
3484 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3486 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3487 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3488 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3489 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3490 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3491 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3492 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3493 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3494 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3495 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3496 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3497 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3498 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3499 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3500 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3501 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3503 WRITE :=
3504 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3505 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3506 ;; representation.
3507 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3508 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3509 ;; (write r7))
3510 | (write EXPRESSION)
3511 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3512 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3513 ;; representation.
3514 | (write integer)
3515 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3516 ;; buffer.
3517 | (write string)
3518 ;; Same as: (write string)
3519 | string
3520 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3521 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3522 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3523 ;; representation.
3524 | (write REG ARRAY)
3525 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3526 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3527 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3528 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3529 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3530 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3532 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3533 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3535 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3536 END := (end)
3538 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3539 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3540 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3542 ARG := REG | integer
3544 OPERATOR :=
3545 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3546 + | - | * | / | %
3548 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3549 | & | `|' | ^
3551 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3552 | << | >>
3554 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3555 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3556 | <8
3558 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3559 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3560 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3561 | >8
3563 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3564 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3565 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3566 | //
3568 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3569 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3571 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3572 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3573 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3574 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3575 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3576 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3577 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3578 | de-sjis
3580 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3581 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3582 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3583 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3584 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3585 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3586 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3587 ;; byte of SJIS.
3588 | en-sjis
3590 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3591 ;; Same meaning as C code
3592 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3594 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3595 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3596 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3597 | <8=
3599 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3600 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3601 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3603 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3604 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3605 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3606 | //=
3608 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3611 TRANSLATE :=
3612 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3613 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3614 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3615 LOOKUP :=
3616 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3617 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3618 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3619 MAP :=
3620 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3621 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3622 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3623 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3624 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3625 MAP-ID := integer
3627 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3629 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3630 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3631 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3632 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3633 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3634 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3636 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3638 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3639 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3640 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3642 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3644 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3646 ;;;***
3648 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3649 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3650 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3651 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3652 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3653 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3654 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3655 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3656 ;;;;;; (16077 62320))
3657 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3659 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3660 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3661 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3662 the users will view as each check is completed.
3664 \(fn)" t nil)
3666 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3667 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3668 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3669 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3670 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3671 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3672 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3673 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3675 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3677 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3678 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3679 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3680 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3681 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3682 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3683 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3684 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3686 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3688 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3689 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3690 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3691 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3692 spacing are all verified.
3694 \(fn)" t nil)
3696 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3697 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3698 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3699 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3700 otherwise stop after the first error.
3702 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3704 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3705 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3706 Only documentation strings are checked.
3707 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3708 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3709 a separate buffer.
3711 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3713 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3714 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3715 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3716 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3717 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3719 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3721 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3722 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3723 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3724 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3725 if there is one.
3727 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3729 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3730 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3731 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3732 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3733 if there is one.
3734 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3736 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3738 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3739 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3740 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3742 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3744 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3745 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3746 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3747 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3748 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3750 \(fn)" t nil)
3752 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3753 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3754 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3755 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3756 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3757 space at the end of each line.
3759 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3761 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3762 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3763 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3764 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3766 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3768 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3769 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3770 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3771 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3773 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3775 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3776 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3777 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3778 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3780 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3782 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3783 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3784 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3785 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3787 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3789 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3790 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3791 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3792 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3794 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3796 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3797 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3798 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3799 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3801 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3803 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3804 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3805 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3806 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3808 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3810 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3811 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3812 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3813 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3815 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3817 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3818 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3819 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3820 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3822 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3824 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3825 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3826 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3828 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3829 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3830 checking of documentation strings.
3832 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3834 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3836 ;;;***
3838 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3839 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (16071
3840 ;;;;;; 62686))
3841 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3843 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3844 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3845 Return the length of resulting text.
3847 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3849 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3850 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3852 \(fn)" t nil)
3854 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3855 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3856 Return the length of resulting text.
3858 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3860 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3861 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3863 \(fn)" t nil)
3865 ;;;***
3867 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3868 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (15876 52395))
3869 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3871 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3872 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3873 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3874 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3875 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3876 editing and the result is evaluated.
3878 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3880 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3881 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3882 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3883 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3884 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3886 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3888 \(fn)" t nil)
3890 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3891 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3892 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3893 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3894 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3896 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3897 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3898 \\{command-history-map}
3900 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3901 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3903 \(fn)" t nil)
3905 ;;;***
3907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (15834 24364))
3908 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3910 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3911 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3912 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3913 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3914 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3915 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3917 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3918 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3920 ;;;***
3922 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3923 ;;;;;; (16040 38577))
3924 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3926 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
3927 Not documented
3929 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3931 ;;;***
3933 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3934 ;;;;;; (15250 27620))
3935 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3937 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3938 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3939 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3940 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3942 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3943 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3944 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3946 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3947 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3949 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3951 ;;;***
3953 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (15935
3954 ;;;;;; 40408))
3955 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3957 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3958 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3959 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3960 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3961 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3962 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3963 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3965 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
3966 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3968 ;;;***
3970 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
3971 ;;;;;; (16067 36214))
3972 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
3974 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
3975 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
3976 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
3977 the charactert set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
3978 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
3979 ?* is used.
3981 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
3983 ;;;***
3985 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3986 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
3987 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (15935 48018))
3988 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3990 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3991 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
3992 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
3993 ASCII table.
3995 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
3996 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
3997 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
3998 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4000 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4002 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4003 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4004 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4006 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4008 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4009 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4010 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4012 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4014 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4015 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4016 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4018 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4020 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4021 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4023 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4024 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4025 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4027 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4028 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4030 \(fn)" nil nil)
4032 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4033 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4035 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4036 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4037 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4039 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4041 ;;;***
4043 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4044 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4045 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4046 ;;;;;; (16111 31859))
4047 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4049 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4050 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4051 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4052 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4053 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4054 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4055 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4056 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4058 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4060 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4062 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4063 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4064 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4065 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4066 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4067 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4068 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4069 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4071 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4073 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4075 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4076 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
4077 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4078 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4079 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4080 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4082 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4084 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4085 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4086 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4088 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4090 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4092 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4093 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4094 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4096 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4098 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4100 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4101 Send COMMAND to current process.
4102 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4103 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4105 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4107 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4108 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4109 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4110 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4112 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4114 ;;;***
4116 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (15668
4117 ;;;;;; 8345))
4118 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4120 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4121 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4122 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4123 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4125 This command pushes the mark in each window
4126 at the prior location of point in that window.
4127 If both windows display the same buffer,
4128 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4129 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4131 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
4132 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4133 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored.
4135 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4137 ;;;***
4139 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
4140 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-tree grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
4141 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4142 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (16111 31879))
4143 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4145 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4146 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
4148 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile")
4150 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4151 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4153 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile")
4155 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4156 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4157 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
4158 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4159 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4161 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4162 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4163 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4164 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4165 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4167 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4168 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4169 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4170 describing how the process finished.")
4172 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4173 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4174 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4175 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4177 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4178 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4179 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4181 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile")
4183 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4184 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4185 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4186 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4188 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile")
4190 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4191 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4192 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4193 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4195 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4196 and move to the source code that caused it.
4198 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4199 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4201 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
4202 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
4203 Then start the next one.
4205 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4206 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4207 to a function that generates a unique name.
4209 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
4211 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
4212 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
4213 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
4214 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
4215 where grep found matches.
4217 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
4218 easily repeat a grep command.
4220 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
4221 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
4222 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
4223 if that history list is empty).
4225 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
4227 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
4228 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
4229 Collect output in a buffer.
4230 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
4231 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
4233 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
4234 easily repeat a find command.
4236 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
4238 (autoload (quote grep-tree) "compile" "\
4239 Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
4240 Collect output in a buffer.
4241 Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter.
4242 With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP.
4243 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
4244 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g.
4245 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
4247 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
4248 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
4250 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
4251 easily repeat a find command.
4253 When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to
4254 those sub directories of DIR.
4256 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR &optional SUBDIRS)" t nil)
4258 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4259 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4260 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4261 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4262 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4264 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see).
4266 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4268 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4269 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4270 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4271 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4272 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4273 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4274 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4278 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4279 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4280 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4281 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4282 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4283 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4285 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4287 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
4288 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
4290 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
4291 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
4293 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
4294 negative means move back to previous error messages.
4295 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
4296 and start at the first error.
4298 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
4299 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
4300 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
4301 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
4302 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
4303 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
4305 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
4306 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
4307 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
4309 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
4310 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas.
4312 \(fn &optional ARGP)" t nil)
4313 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
4315 ;;;***
4317 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4318 ;;;;;; (15851 7849))
4319 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4321 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4322 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4323 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4324 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4325 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4327 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete")
4329 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4330 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4331 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4333 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4334 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4335 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4336 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4338 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4339 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4340 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4341 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
4343 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4344 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4345 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4346 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4348 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4350 ;;;***
4352 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4353 ;;;;;; (15937 24942))
4354 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4356 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4357 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4359 \(fn)" t nil)
4361 ;;;***
4363 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4364 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4365 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
4366 ;;;;;; (15935 40578))
4367 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4369 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4370 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4371 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4372 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4373 `make-composition'.
4375 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4377 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4378 | | 1:tc or top-center
4379 | | 2:tr or top-right
4380 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4381 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4382 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4383 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4384 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4385 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4387 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4388 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4389 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4390 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4391 be added.
4393 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4394 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4395 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4397 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4398 | | |
4399 | global| |
4400 | glyph | |
4401 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4402 +----+--*--+
4403 | | new |
4404 | |glyph|
4405 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4408 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4409 Compose characters in the current region.
4411 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4412 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4414 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4416 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4417 specifying the region.
4419 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4420 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4421 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4423 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4424 of the text in the region.
4426 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4428 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4429 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4430 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4431 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4433 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4434 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4435 detail.
4437 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4438 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4439 text in the composition.
4441 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4443 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4444 Decompose text in the current region.
4446 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4447 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4449 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4451 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4452 Compose characters in string STRING.
4454 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4455 the characters in it.
4457 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4458 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
4459 STRING respectively.
4461 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4462 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4463 `compose-region' for more detail.
4465 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4466 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4467 text in the composition.
4469 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4471 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4472 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4474 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4476 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4477 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4478 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4479 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4480 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4481 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4482 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4483 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4485 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4487 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4488 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4490 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4491 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4493 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4494 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4496 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4497 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4499 If no composition is found, return nil.
4501 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4502 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4504 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4505 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4506 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4508 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4510 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4512 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4513 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4514 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4516 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4518 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4520 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4522 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4523 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4525 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4526 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4527 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4528 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4529 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4530 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4531 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4532 nil.
4534 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4536 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4537 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4539 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4541 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4542 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4544 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4546 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4548 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4549 Compose last characters.
4550 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4551 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4552 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4553 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4554 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4555 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4556 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4557 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4558 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4559 after a sequence character events.
4561 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
4562 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4564 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4565 Convert CHAR to string.
4567 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4568 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4569 vector of CHAR respectively.
4570 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4572 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4574 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4576 ;;;***
4578 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4579 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (15365 62270))
4580 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4582 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
4583 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4584 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4585 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4587 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4589 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
4590 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4591 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4592 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4594 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4596 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
4597 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4598 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4599 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4601 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4603 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
4604 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4606 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4608 ;;;***
4610 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
4611 ;;;;;; (16111 31866))
4612 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4614 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
4615 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
4616 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4617 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4618 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4619 following the copyright are updated as well.
4620 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4621 interactively.
4623 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4625 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
4626 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4628 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4630 ;;;***
4632 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
4633 ;;;;;; (16055 62522))
4634 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4636 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
4637 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4638 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4639 Tab indents for Perl code.
4640 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4641 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4643 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4644 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4645 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4646 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4647 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4648 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4649 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4650 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4651 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4652 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4653 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4654 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4656 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4658 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4659 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4661 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4663 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4664 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4665 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4666 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4667 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4668 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4669 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4670 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4671 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4673 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4675 bite if angry;
4677 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4678 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4679 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4680 to nil.)
4682 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4683 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4684 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4686 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4688 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4689 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4690 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4691 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4692 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4694 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4696 if (A) { B }
4698 into
4700 B if A;
4702 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4704 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4705 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4706 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4707 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4708 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4709 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4710 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4711 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4712 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4713 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4714 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4715 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4716 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4718 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4719 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4720 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4721 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4722 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4723 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4725 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4726 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4727 man via menu.
4729 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4730 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4731 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4732 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4733 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4735 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4736 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4737 span the needed amount of lines.
4739 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4740 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4741 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4742 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4744 Variables controlling indentation style:
4745 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4746 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4747 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4748 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4749 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4750 `cperl-auto-newline'
4751 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4752 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4753 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4754 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4755 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4756 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4757 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4758 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4759 `cperl-indent-level'
4760 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4761 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4762 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4763 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4764 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4765 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4766 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4767 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4768 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4769 `cperl-brace-offset'
4770 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4771 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4772 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4773 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4774 `cperl-label-offset'
4775 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4776 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4777 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4779 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
4780 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
4781 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
4782 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
4783 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
4785 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4786 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4787 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4788 \(both available from menu).
4790 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4791 column 0 is indented on
4792 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4794 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4795 with no args.
4797 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4798 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4799 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4801 \(fn)" t nil)
4803 ;;;***
4805 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4806 ;;;;;; (16065 26348))
4807 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4809 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
4810 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4811 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4812 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4813 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4815 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4817 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
4818 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4820 \(fn)" t nil)
4822 ;;;***
4824 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4825 ;;;;;; (16010 48739))
4826 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4828 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4829 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4830 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4831 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4833 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4834 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4836 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp")
4838 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
4839 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4840 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4842 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4844 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
4846 ;;;***
4848 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4849 ;;;;;; (15935 47054))
4850 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4852 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
4853 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4854 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4855 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4857 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4858 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4859 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4860 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4862 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4863 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4864 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4866 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4867 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4868 'bob', and 'eve'.
4870 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4871 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4872 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4874 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4876 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4877 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4878 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4880 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4882 ;;;***
4884 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (16111
4885 ;;;;;; 31879))
4886 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4888 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4889 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4890 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4891 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4892 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
4894 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base")
4896 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
4897 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4898 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the region (and
4899 highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'), and typed text replaces
4900 the active selection. C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v will undo, cut, copy, and
4901 paste (in addition to the normal emacs bindings).
4903 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4904 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
4905 '(error (concat "\n\n"
4906 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution,\n"
4907 "so you may now enable and customize CUA via the Options menu.\n\n"
4908 "Your " (file-name-nondirectory user-init-file) " loads an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
4909 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n"
4910 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
4911 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))
4913 ;;;***
4915 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
4916 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4917 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4918 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4919 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
4920 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4921 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4922 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4923 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (16111 31859))
4924 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4925 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4927 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
4928 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4930 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4931 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4933 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4934 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4936 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4938 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4940 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4941 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4942 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4944 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4945 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4947 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4948 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4950 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4951 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4953 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4954 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4956 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4958 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4960 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4961 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4962 Return VALUE.
4964 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4965 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4967 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4968 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4970 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4971 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4973 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4974 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4976 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4978 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4980 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
4981 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4982 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4983 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4984 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4986 \(fn)" t nil)
4988 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
4989 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4990 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4991 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4993 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
4995 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
4996 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4998 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5000 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5001 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5003 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5005 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5007 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5008 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5010 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5012 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5014 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5015 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5016 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5018 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5020 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5021 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
5022 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5023 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
5024 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5026 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
5027 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
5028 version.
5030 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5032 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5033 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
5034 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces.
5036 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5037 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable.
5039 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5041 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5042 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window.
5044 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5045 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable.
5047 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5049 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5050 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
5052 \(fn)" t nil)
5054 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5055 Customize all user variable modified outside customize.
5057 \(fn)" t nil)
5059 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5060 Customize all already saved user options.
5062 \(fn)" t nil)
5064 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5065 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
5066 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5067 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5068 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5069 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
5070 user-settable, as well as faces and groups.
5072 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5074 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5075 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
5076 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable.
5078 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5080 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5081 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP.
5083 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5085 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5086 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP.
5088 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5090 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5091 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5092 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5093 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5094 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5095 that option.
5097 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5099 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5100 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5101 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5102 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5103 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5104 that option.
5106 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5108 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5109 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5111 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5113 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5114 File used for storing customization information.
5115 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5116 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
5117 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
5119 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
5120 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
5121 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
5122 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
5124 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit")
5126 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5127 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5129 \(fn)" t nil)
5131 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5132 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5134 \(fn)" nil nil)
5136 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5137 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5138 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5140 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5142 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5143 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5144 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5145 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5146 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5148 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5150 ;;;***
5152 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-theme-face-value
5153 ;;;;;; custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el"
5154 ;;;;;; (15935 40544))
5155 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5157 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5158 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5160 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5162 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5163 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5164 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5165 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5167 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5169 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5170 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5171 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5172 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5173 between themes and faces.
5174 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5176 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5177 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5179 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5181 (autoload (quote custom-theme-face-value) "cus-face" "\
5182 Return spec of FACE in THEME if THEME modifies FACE.
5183 Value is nil otherwise. The association between theme and spec for FACE
5184 is stored in FACE's property `theme-face'. The appropriate face
5185 is retrieved using `custom-theme-value'.
5187 \(fn FACE THEME)" nil nil)
5189 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5190 Reset the value of the face to values previously defined.
5191 Associate this setting with THEME.
5193 ARGS is a list of lists of the form
5195 (FACE TO-THEME)
5197 This means reset FACE to its value in TO-THEME.
5199 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5201 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5202 Reset the value of the face to values previously saved.
5203 This is the setting assosiated the `user' theme.
5205 ARGS is defined as for `custom-theme-reset-faces'
5207 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5209 ;;;***
5211 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5212 ;;;;;; (15998 41141))
5213 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5215 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5216 Create a custom theme.
5218 \(fn)" t nil)
5220 ;;;***
5222 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5223 ;;;;;; (15935 40479))
5224 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5226 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5227 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
5229 ;;;***
5231 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5232 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (15538 7545))
5233 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5235 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5236 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5238 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5239 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5240 C++ modes are included.
5242 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5244 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5246 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5247 Turn on CWarn mode.
5249 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5250 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5252 \(fn)" nil nil)
5254 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5255 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5256 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5257 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5258 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5260 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn")
5262 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5263 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5264 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5265 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5266 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5268 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5270 ;;;***
5272 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5273 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5274 ;;;;;; (15954 5018))
5275 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5277 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5278 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5280 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5282 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5283 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5285 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5287 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5288 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5289 For readability, the table is slightly
5290 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5292 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5293 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5294 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5295 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5296 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5298 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5300 ;;;***
5302 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5303 ;;;;;; (16111 31860))
5304 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5306 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
5308 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
5310 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
5311 Completion on current word.
5312 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5313 and presents suggestions for completion.
5315 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5316 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5317 completions.
5319 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5320 then it searches *all* buffers.
5322 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
5323 if there is a suitable one already.
5325 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5327 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
5328 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5330 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5331 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5332 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5333 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5334 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5336 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5337 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5339 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5340 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5341 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5343 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5344 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5346 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5348 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5350 ;;;***
5352 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (15975
5353 ;;;;;; 54612))
5354 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5356 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
5357 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5359 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5360 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5361 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5363 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5364 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5365 Data lines are not indented.
5367 Key bindings:
5369 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5370 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5372 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5373 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5374 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5375 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5377 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5379 dcl-basic-offset
5380 Extra indentation within blocks.
5382 dcl-continuation-offset
5383 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5385 dcl-margin-offset
5386 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5388 dcl-margin-label-offset
5389 Indentation for a label.
5391 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5392 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5394 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5395 dcl-block-end-regexp
5396 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5397 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5398 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5399 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5400 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5402 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5403 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5404 Two such functions are included in the package:
5405 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5406 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5408 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5409 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5410 One such function is included in the package:
5411 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5413 dcl-tab-always-indent
5414 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5415 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5416 margin.
5418 dcl-electric-characters
5419 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5420 typed.
5422 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5423 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5424 which words trigger electric indentation.
5426 dcl-tempo-comma
5427 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5428 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5429 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5431 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5432 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5433 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5434 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5436 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5437 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5438 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5439 dcl-imenu-label-call
5440 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5442 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5443 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5444 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5445 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5448 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5450 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5451 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5452 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5453 $ i = 1
5454 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5455 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5456 $ label:
5457 $ if i.eq.1
5458 $ then
5459 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5460 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5461 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5462 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5463 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5464 \"lined up with the command line\"
5465 $ type sys$input
5466 Data lines are not indented at all.
5467 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5468 $ endif
5472 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5473 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5475 \(fn)" t nil)
5477 ;;;***
5479 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5480 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (16111 31866))
5481 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5483 (setq debugger (quote debug))
5485 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
5486 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5487 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5488 of the evaluator.
5490 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5491 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5492 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5494 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5496 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5497 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5498 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
5499 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
5500 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
5501 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5502 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5504 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5506 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5507 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5508 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions.
5510 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5512 ;;;***
5514 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5515 ;;;;;; (16055 62670))
5516 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5518 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
5519 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5521 \(fn)" t nil)
5523 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
5524 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5525 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5526 Upper-case letters are commands.
5528 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5529 modify it.
5531 The most useful commands are:
5532 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5533 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5534 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5535 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5536 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5537 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5539 \(fn)" t nil)
5541 ;;;***
5543 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5544 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (15303
5545 ;;;;;; 63268))
5546 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5548 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
5549 Customization of `columns' group.
5551 \(fn)" t nil)
5553 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
5554 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5556 START and END delimits the text region.
5558 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5560 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
5561 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5563 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5565 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5567 ;;;***
5569 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (16111
5570 ;;;;;; 31880))
5571 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5573 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
5574 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5575 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
5576 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5577 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5578 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5580 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5582 Customization:
5584 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5585 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5586 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5587 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5588 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5589 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5590 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5591 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5592 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5593 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5594 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5595 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5596 blank line.
5597 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5598 Directories to search when finding external units.
5599 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5600 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5602 Coloring:
5604 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5605 Face used to color delphi comments.
5606 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5607 Face used to color delphi strings.
5608 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5609 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5610 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5611 Face used to color everything else.
5613 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5614 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5616 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5618 ;;;***
5620 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (16012
5621 ;;;;;; 48297))
5622 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5624 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
5626 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5627 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5628 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5629 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5630 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5632 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel")
5634 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
5635 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5636 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
5637 positive.
5639 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5640 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5641 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5642 any selection.
5644 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5646 ;;;***
5648 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5649 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (16087 59607))
5650 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5652 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
5653 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5655 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5657 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5658 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5659 or nil if there is no parent.
5660 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5661 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5662 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5663 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5664 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5666 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5667 arguments are currently understood:
5668 :group GROUP
5669 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5670 :syntax-table TABLE
5671 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5672 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5673 :abbrev-table TABLE
5674 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5675 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5677 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5679 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5681 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5682 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5683 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5685 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5686 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5688 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5689 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5690 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5692 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5693 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5695 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5697 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
5698 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
5699 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5700 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5701 the first time the mode is used.
5703 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5705 ;;;***
5707 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5708 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (16111 31860))
5709 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5711 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
5712 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
5713 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5714 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5715 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5716 otherwise.
5718 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
5720 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
5721 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5722 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5723 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5724 character composition information (if relevant),
5725 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5727 \(fn POS)" t nil)
5729 ;;;***
5731 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-load-dir desktop-change-dir
5732 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
5733 ;;;;;; (16111 31860))
5734 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5736 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
5737 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
5738 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5739 Look for the desktop file according to the variables `desktop-base-file-name'
5740 and `desktop-path'. If no desktop file is found, clear the desktop.
5741 Returns t if it has read a desktop file, nil otherwise.
5743 \(fn)" t nil)
5745 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
5746 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5747 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
5748 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files.
5750 \(fn)" nil nil)
5752 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
5753 Save and clear the desktop, then load the desktop from directory DIR.
5754 However, if `desktop-enable' was nil at call, don't save the old desktop.
5755 This function always sets `desktop-enable' to t.
5757 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
5759 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-load-dir) "desktop" "\
5760 Save desktop in directory from which it was loaded.
5762 \(fn)" t nil)
5764 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
5765 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5767 \(fn)" t nil)
5769 ;;;***
5771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (15944
5772 ;;;;;; 24769))
5773 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
5775 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
5777 ;;;***
5779 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5780 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (16116 59977))
5781 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5783 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
5784 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5785 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5786 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
5787 execution in a `.emacs' file.
5789 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5791 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
5792 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5793 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5795 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
5796 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
5797 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
5798 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
5800 #!/bin/sh
5801 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
5802 emacs -batch \\
5803 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
5804 european-calendar-style t \\
5805 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
5806 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
5807 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
5809 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
5810 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
5811 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
5812 to run it every morning at 1am.
5814 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5816 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
5817 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5819 \(fn)" t nil)
5821 ;;;***
5823 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5824 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (15739 64695))
5825 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5827 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
5828 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
5830 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff")
5832 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
5833 *The command to use to run diff.")
5835 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff")
5837 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
5838 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
5839 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
5840 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
5841 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
5842 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
5844 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
5846 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
5847 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5848 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5849 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5850 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5852 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5854 ;;;***
5856 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
5857 ;;;;;; (15935 40739))
5858 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
5860 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5861 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5862 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
5863 normal diffs.
5864 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
5865 IF you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
5866 headers for you on-the-fly.
5868 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
5869 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also revert the direction of
5870 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction]." t nil)
5872 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5873 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5874 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
5876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5878 ;;;***
5880 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
5881 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
5882 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
5883 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
5884 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (16111 31860))
5885 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
5887 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
5888 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
5889 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
5890 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
5891 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
5892 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
5893 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
5894 `insert-directory' on ls-lisp.el for more details.")
5896 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired")
5898 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
5899 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
5901 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
5902 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
5903 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
5904 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
5905 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
5907 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
5908 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
5910 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
5911 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
5912 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
5913 always set this variable to t.")
5915 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired")
5917 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
5918 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
5919 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
5920 A value of t means move to first file.")
5922 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired")
5924 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
5925 *Controls marking of renamed files.
5926 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
5927 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
5928 are afterward marked with that character.")
5930 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired")
5932 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
5933 *Controls marking of copied files.
5934 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
5935 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5937 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired")
5939 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
5940 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
5941 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5942 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5944 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired")
5946 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
5947 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
5948 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5949 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5951 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired")
5953 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
5954 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
5955 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
5956 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
5958 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
5960 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired")
5962 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
5963 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
5964 \(This works on only some systems.)")
5966 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired")
5968 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
5969 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
5970 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
5971 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
5972 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
5973 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
5975 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
5976 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
5977 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
5978 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
5979 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
5980 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
5981 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
5982 list of files to make directory entries for.
5983 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
5984 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
5985 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
5986 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
5988 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
5990 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5991 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
5993 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
5994 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
5996 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5997 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
5999 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6000 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6002 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6004 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6005 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6007 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6008 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6010 ;;;***
6012 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6013 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6014 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6015 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6016 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6017 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6018 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6019 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6020 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6021 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6022 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6023 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
6024 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (15948 48462))
6025 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6027 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6028 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6029 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6030 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6031 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6032 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6033 which is options for `diff'.
6035 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6037 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6038 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6039 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6040 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6041 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6042 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6044 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6046 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
6047 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6048 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6052 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
6053 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6055 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6057 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
6058 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6060 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6062 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
6063 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6064 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6065 `lpr-switches' as default.
6067 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6069 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6070 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6071 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6072 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6073 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6075 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6076 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6078 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6079 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6080 file name substituted for `?'.
6082 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6083 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6085 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6086 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6087 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6088 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6090 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6092 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6093 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6094 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6096 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6097 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6098 in a subdir.
6100 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6101 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument.
6103 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6105 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
6106 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6107 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6108 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
6109 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
6110 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
6112 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
6114 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
6115 Not documented
6117 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6119 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
6120 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
6122 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6124 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
6125 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6127 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6129 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
6130 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6132 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6134 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
6135 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
6136 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
6137 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
6139 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
6141 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
6142 Not documented
6144 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
6146 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
6147 Not documented
6149 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6151 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
6152 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
6154 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6156 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
6157 Not documented
6159 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
6161 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
6162 Not documented
6164 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
6166 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
6167 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
6169 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6171 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
6172 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
6173 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
6174 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6175 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
6176 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
6177 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6178 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6179 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6181 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6183 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
6184 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6185 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6186 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6187 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
6188 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6189 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6190 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6192 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6194 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
6195 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6196 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6197 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6198 and new hard links are made in that directory
6199 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6200 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6201 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6205 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
6206 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6207 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
6208 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
6209 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
6210 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
6211 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6213 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6215 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6216 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6218 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
6219 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
6220 file if none are marked.
6222 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
6223 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
6224 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
6225 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
6227 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
6228 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
6230 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6232 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6233 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6234 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6236 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6238 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6239 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6240 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6242 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6244 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6245 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6246 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6248 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6250 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
6251 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
6253 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6255 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
6256 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
6258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6260 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6261 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6262 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
6263 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6264 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
6265 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6266 this subdirectory.
6267 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6269 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6271 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6272 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6273 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
6274 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6275 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
6276 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6277 this subdirectory.
6278 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6280 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6282 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6283 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
6284 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
6286 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
6288 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6289 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
6290 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
6291 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
6293 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
6295 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
6296 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
6297 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
6298 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
6300 \(fn)" t nil)
6302 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6303 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
6304 Lower levels are unaffected.
6306 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
6308 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
6309 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
6311 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6313 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
6314 Go down in the dired tree.
6316 \(fn)" t nil)
6318 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6319 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
6320 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
6321 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
6323 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6325 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
6326 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
6327 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
6328 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
6330 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6332 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
6333 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
6334 Stops when a match is found.
6335 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6337 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6339 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6340 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
6341 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6342 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6343 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6345 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
6347 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
6348 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
6349 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
6350 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
6352 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
6354 ;;;***
6356 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (15976 22456))
6357 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
6359 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
6360 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
6361 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
6362 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
6363 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
6364 buffer and try again.
6366 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6368 ;;;***
6370 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (15996 23487))
6371 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6373 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
6374 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6375 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6377 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
6379 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6380 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
6382 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
6383 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
6385 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6387 ;;;***
6389 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (16111
6390 ;;;;;; 31879))
6391 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6393 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
6394 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6395 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6396 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6397 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6398 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6400 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6402 ;;;***
6404 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
6405 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
6406 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
6407 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
6408 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (15935 40699))
6409 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6411 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6412 Return a new, empty display table.
6414 \(fn)" nil nil)
6416 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6417 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6418 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6419 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6420 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6422 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6424 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6425 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6426 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6427 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6428 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6430 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6432 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6433 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6435 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6437 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6438 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6440 \(fn)" t nil)
6442 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
6443 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6445 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6447 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
6448 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6450 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6452 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
6453 Display character C using printable string S.
6455 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6457 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
6458 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6459 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6460 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6462 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6464 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
6465 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6466 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6467 X frame.
6469 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6471 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
6472 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6474 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6476 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
6477 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6479 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6481 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
6482 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6484 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
6485 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
6486 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
6487 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
6489 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
6490 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
6491 European character display.
6493 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6494 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6495 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6496 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6498 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6499 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
6500 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
6501 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
6502 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
6504 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6506 ;;;***
6508 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6509 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
6510 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6512 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
6513 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6514 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6515 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6516 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6517 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6518 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6519 Default is 2.
6521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6523 ;;;***
6525 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (15935 48681))
6526 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6528 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
6529 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6531 \(fn)" t nil)
6533 ;;;***
6535 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
6536 ;;;;;; (15935 40668))
6537 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6539 (defvar double-mode nil "\
6540 Toggle Double mode.
6541 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6542 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
6544 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double")
6546 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
6547 Toggle Double mode.
6548 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
6550 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6551 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6553 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6555 ;;;***
6557 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (15935 48681))
6558 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6560 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
6561 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6563 \(fn)" t nil)
6565 ;;;***
6567 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6568 ;;;;;; (15232 59206))
6569 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6571 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
6572 Play sounds in message buffers.
6574 \(fn)" t nil)
6576 ;;;***
6578 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6579 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6580 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (16111 31879))
6581 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6583 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
6585 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
6586 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6587 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6588 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
6590 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6591 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6592 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6593 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6594 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6595 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6596 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
6597 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
6598 used (see below).
6600 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
6601 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
6602 Before the actual body code, you can write
6603 keyword arguments (alternating keywords and values).
6604 These following keyword arguments are supported (other keywords
6605 will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
6606 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6607 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6608 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6609 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6610 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6611 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6612 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6613 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6615 For example, you could write
6616 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6617 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6618 ...BODY CODE...)
6620 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6622 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
6623 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
6624 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6625 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6626 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
6627 :group to specify the custom group.
6629 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6631 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
6632 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6633 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6634 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6635 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6636 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6637 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6639 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6641 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
6642 Not documented
6644 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6646 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
6647 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6648 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6650 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6652 ;;;***
6654 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6655 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (16048
6656 ;;;;;; 14080))
6657 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6659 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
6661 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
6662 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6664 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6665 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6666 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6668 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6669 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6671 :filter FUNCTION
6673 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
6674 menu displayed.
6676 :visible INCLUDE
6678 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6679 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
6681 :active ENABLE
6683 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
6684 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6686 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6688 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6690 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6692 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6693 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6695 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6696 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6698 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6700 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6702 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6704 :keys KEYS
6706 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6707 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6708 computed automatically.
6709 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6711 :key-sequence KEYS
6713 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6714 menu item.
6715 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6716 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6717 keyboard equivalent.
6719 :active ENABLE
6721 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6722 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6724 :included INCLUDE
6726 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6727 expression has a non-nil value.
6729 :suffix FORM
6731 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6732 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
6734 :style STYLE
6736 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6737 defined:
6739 toggle: A checkbox.
6740 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6741 radio: A radio button.
6742 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6743 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6744 menu bar itself.
6745 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6747 :selected SELECTED
6749 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6750 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6752 :help HELP
6754 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6756 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6757 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6758 as a solid horizontal line.
6760 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6762 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6764 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
6765 Not documented
6767 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6769 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
6770 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6771 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6772 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6774 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6776 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
6777 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6778 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6779 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6780 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6781 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6783 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6784 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6785 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6787 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
6788 to implement dynamic menus.
6790 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
6792 ;;;***
6794 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
6795 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
6796 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
6797 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
6798 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (15943 30637))
6799 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
6801 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
6802 Customization for ebnf group.
6804 \(fn)" t nil)
6806 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6807 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6809 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
6810 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
6811 it to the printer.
6813 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
6814 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
6815 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
6816 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
6818 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6820 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6821 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
6822 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
6824 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6826 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6827 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6828 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
6829 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
6831 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6833 \(fn)" t nil)
6835 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6836 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
6837 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
6839 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6841 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6843 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6844 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
6846 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
6847 The EPS file name has the following form:
6849 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6851 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6852 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6854 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6855 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
6856 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
6857 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6859 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
6861 \(fn)" t nil)
6863 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6864 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
6866 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
6867 The EPS file name has the following form:
6869 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6871 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6872 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6874 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6875 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
6876 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
6877 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6879 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
6881 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6883 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
6885 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6886 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
6888 \(fn)" t nil)
6890 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6891 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
6893 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6895 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
6896 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
6898 \(fn)" nil nil)
6900 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6901 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
6903 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6905 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6906 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
6908 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6910 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6911 Set STYLE to current style.
6913 It returns the old style symbol.
6915 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
6917 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6918 Reset current style.
6920 It returns the old style symbol.
6922 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6924 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6925 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
6927 It returns the old style symbol.
6929 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6931 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6932 Pop a style and set it to current style.
6934 It returns the old style symbol.
6936 \(fn)" t nil)
6938 ;;;***
6940 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
6941 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
6942 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
6943 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol
6944 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-choose-tree ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse"
6945 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (15957 2861))
6946 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
6948 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
6949 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
6950 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
6951 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
6952 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
6953 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
6955 Tree mode key bindings:
6956 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
6958 \(fn)" t nil)
6960 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
6961 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
6963 \(fn)" t nil)
6965 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
6966 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
6967 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
6968 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
6969 completion.
6971 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
6973 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
6974 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
6975 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
6976 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
6978 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
6980 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
6981 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
6982 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
6984 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6986 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
6987 Search for call sites of a member.
6988 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
6989 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
6990 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
6991 looks like a function call to the member.
6993 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
6995 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
6996 Move backward in the position stack.
6997 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
6999 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7001 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
7002 Move forward in the position stack.
7003 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7005 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7007 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
7008 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7010 \(fn)" t nil)
7012 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
7013 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7015 \(fn)" t nil)
7017 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
7018 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7019 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7020 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7022 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7024 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
7025 Display statistics for a class tree.
7027 \(fn)" t nil)
7029 ;;;***
7031 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7032 ;;;;;; (15980 293))
7033 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7035 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
7036 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7037 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7038 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7040 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7041 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7042 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7044 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7045 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7046 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
7048 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
7050 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7052 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7054 ;;;***
7056 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7057 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (15935 40999))
7058 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7060 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
7061 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7062 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7064 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7066 ;;;***
7068 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
7069 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (16111 31879))
7070 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7072 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7073 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
7074 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7075 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7076 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7078 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7079 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7080 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7081 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7083 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug")
7085 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7086 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7087 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7088 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7090 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug")
7092 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
7093 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
7094 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
7095 \(naming a function), or a list.
7097 \(fn SYMBOL SPEC)" nil (quote macro))
7099 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
7101 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
7102 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7103 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7104 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7105 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7107 If you do this on a function definition
7108 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
7109 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
7110 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
7111 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
7113 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7114 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7115 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7116 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7117 already is one.)
7119 \(fn)" t nil)
7121 ;;;***
7123 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7124 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
7125 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
7126 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
7127 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
7128 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
7129 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
7130 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
7131 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
7132 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (16071 49233))
7133 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7135 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
7136 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7138 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7140 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
7141 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7143 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7145 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
7147 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
7149 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
7150 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7151 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7152 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7154 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7156 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
7157 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7159 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7161 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
7163 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
7164 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7166 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7168 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
7170 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
7171 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7172 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7173 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7175 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7177 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
7179 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
7180 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7181 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7182 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7184 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7186 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
7188 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
7189 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7190 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7191 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7193 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7195 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
7197 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
7198 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7199 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7200 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7202 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7204 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
7206 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7207 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7208 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7209 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7210 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7211 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7213 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7215 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
7216 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7217 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7218 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7220 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7222 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
7224 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7225 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7226 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7227 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7229 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7231 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
7233 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
7235 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
7236 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7237 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7238 follows:
7239 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7240 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7242 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7244 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
7245 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7246 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7247 follows:
7248 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7249 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7251 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7253 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
7254 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7255 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
7256 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
7257 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
7258 region.
7259 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7260 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7262 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7264 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
7265 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7266 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
7267 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
7268 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
7269 region.
7270 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7271 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7272 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7274 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7276 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
7278 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
7279 Merge two files without ancestor.
7281 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7283 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7284 Merge two files with ancestor.
7286 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7288 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
7290 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
7291 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7293 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7295 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7296 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7298 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7300 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
7301 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7302 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7303 buffer.
7305 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7307 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7308 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7309 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7310 buffer.
7312 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7314 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
7315 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
7316 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
7317 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
7319 \(fn POS)" t nil)
7321 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
7322 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7323 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7324 and don't ask the user.
7325 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7326 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7328 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7330 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
7331 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
7332 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
7333 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7334 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7335 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7337 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7339 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
7341 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
7343 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
7344 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7345 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7346 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7347 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7349 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7351 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
7353 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
7354 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7355 When called interactively, displays the version.
7357 \(fn)" t nil)
7359 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
7360 Display Ediff's manual.
7361 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7363 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7365 ;;;***
7367 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
7368 ;;;;;; (15935 41013))
7369 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
7371 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
7372 Not documented
7374 \(fn)" t nil)
7376 ;;;***
7378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (15935 41026))
7379 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
7381 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
7382 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
7384 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
7386 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation))))))
7388 ;;;***
7390 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
7391 ;;;;;; (16071 49233))
7392 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
7394 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
7395 Display Ediff's registry.
7397 \(fn)" t nil)
7399 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
7401 ;;;***
7403 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7404 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (16071 49233))
7405 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
7407 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
7408 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7409 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7410 which see.
7412 \(fn)" t nil)
7414 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
7415 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7416 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7417 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7419 \(fn)" t nil)
7421 ;;;***
7423 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7424 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7425 ;;;;;; (15935 41162))
7426 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7428 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
7429 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
7430 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
7432 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7433 Edit a keyboard macro.
7434 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7435 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7436 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7437 its command name.
7438 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7440 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7442 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7443 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7445 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7447 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7448 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7450 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7452 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7453 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7454 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7455 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7456 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7457 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7459 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7460 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7461 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7462 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7464 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7466 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7467 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7468 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7469 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7470 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7471 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7473 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7475 ;;;***
7477 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7478 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (15935 47202))
7479 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7481 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
7482 Set scroll margins.
7483 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7484 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7486 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7488 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
7489 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7491 \(fn)" t nil)
7493 ;;;***
7495 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7496 ;;;;;; (15935 41174))
7497 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7499 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
7500 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7501 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
7502 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7503 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7504 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7505 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7506 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7508 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7509 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7511 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
7512 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
7513 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
7514 this value is non-nil.
7516 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7517 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7518 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7520 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7521 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7522 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
7524 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7526 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
7527 Not documented
7529 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7531 ;;;***
7533 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7534 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (16055 62096))
7535 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7537 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
7538 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7540 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc")
7542 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
7543 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7544 Show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
7546 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
7547 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
7548 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
7549 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
7550 from the documentation string if possible.
7552 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
7553 instead.
7555 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7559 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
7560 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
7562 \(fn)" t nil)
7564 ;;;***
7566 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (15818
7567 ;;;;;; 46540))
7568 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7570 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
7571 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7573 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7574 an elided material again.
7576 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7578 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7580 ;;;***
7582 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7583 ;;;;;; (15790 59914))
7584 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7586 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
7587 Initialize elint.
7589 \(fn)" t nil)
7591 ;;;***
7593 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
7594 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (15402
7595 ;;;;;; 37958))
7596 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
7598 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
7599 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
7600 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
7602 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
7604 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
7605 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
7606 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
7608 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
7610 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
7611 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
7612 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
7614 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
7616 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7618 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
7619 Display current profiling results.
7620 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
7621 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
7622 displayed.
7624 \(fn)" t nil)
7626 ;;;***
7628 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
7629 ;;;;;; (15672 29686))
7630 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
7632 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
7633 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
7634 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7636 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
7638 ;;;***
7640 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
7641 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
7642 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
7643 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
7644 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (15998 51012))
7645 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
7647 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
7649 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
7651 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
7653 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
7655 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
7657 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
7659 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
7661 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
7663 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
7665 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
7666 Run Emerge on two files.
7668 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7670 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7671 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
7673 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7675 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
7676 Run Emerge on two buffers.
7678 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7680 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7681 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
7683 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7685 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
7686 Not documented
7688 \(fn)" nil nil)
7690 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
7691 Not documented
7693 \(fn)" nil nil)
7695 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
7696 Not documented
7698 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7700 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
7701 Not documented
7703 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7705 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
7706 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
7708 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7710 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7711 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
7713 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7715 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
7716 Not documented
7718 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
7720 ;;;***
7722 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
7723 ;;;;;; (15935 48018))
7724 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
7726 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
7727 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
7728 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
7729 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7730 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
7732 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb")
7734 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
7735 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
7736 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
7738 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
7739 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
7740 automatically.
7742 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
7743 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
7744 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
7746 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7748 ;;;***
7750 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
7751 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (16087 59699))
7752 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
7754 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
7755 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
7756 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
7757 text/enriched format.
7758 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
7760 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
7761 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
7763 Commands:
7765 \\{enriched-mode-map}
7767 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7769 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
7770 Not documented
7772 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
7774 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
7775 Not documented
7777 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
7779 ;;;***
7781 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (15620
7782 ;;;;;; 25657))
7783 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
7785 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
7786 Emacs shell interactive mode.
7788 \\{eshell-mode-map}
7790 \(fn)" nil nil)
7792 ;;;***
7794 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (15470
7795 ;;;;;; 10698))
7796 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
7798 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
7799 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
7801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7803 ;;;***
7805 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
7806 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (16061 1440))
7807 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
7809 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
7810 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
7811 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
7812 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
7813 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
7814 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
7815 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
7816 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
7817 buffer selected (or created).
7819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7821 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
7822 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
7823 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
7825 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
7827 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
7828 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
7829 The result might be any Lisp object.
7830 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
7831 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
7832 corresponding to a successful execution.
7834 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
7836 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
7837 Report a bug in Eshell.
7838 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7839 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
7841 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
7843 ;;;***
7845 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
7846 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
7847 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
7848 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
7849 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
7850 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
7851 ;;;;;; (16022 34317))
7852 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
7854 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
7855 *File name of tags table.
7856 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
7857 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
7858 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
7859 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
7861 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
7862 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
7863 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
7864 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
7866 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags")
7868 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
7869 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
7870 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
7871 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
7872 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
7873 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
7875 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags")
7877 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
7878 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
7879 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
7880 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
7881 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
7882 `auto-compression-mode').")
7884 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags")
7886 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
7887 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
7888 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
7889 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
7890 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
7892 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags")
7894 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
7895 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
7896 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
7897 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
7899 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags")
7901 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
7902 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
7903 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
7904 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
7905 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
7907 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags")
7909 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
7910 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
7911 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
7912 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
7914 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
7915 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
7916 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
7917 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
7918 file the tag was in.
7920 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
7922 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
7923 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
7924 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
7925 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
7926 without directory names.
7928 \(fn)" nil nil)
7930 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
7931 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7932 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
7933 but does not select the buffer.
7934 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
7936 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7937 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7938 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7939 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
7940 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7942 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7944 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7945 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7946 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7948 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7950 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7952 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
7953 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7954 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
7955 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
7957 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7958 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7959 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7960 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
7961 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7963 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7965 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7966 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7967 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7969 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7971 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7972 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
7974 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
7975 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7976 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
7977 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
7978 around or before point.
7980 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7981 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7982 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7983 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
7984 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7986 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7988 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7989 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7990 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7992 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7994 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7995 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
7997 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
7998 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7999 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
8000 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
8001 around or before point.
8003 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8004 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8005 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8006 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8007 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8009 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8011 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8012 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8013 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8015 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8017 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
8018 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
8020 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
8021 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
8022 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
8024 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8025 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8026 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8027 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8028 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8030 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
8032 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8033 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8034 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8036 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8038 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
8039 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
8040 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
8042 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
8043 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
8045 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
8046 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
8047 where they were found.
8049 \(fn)" t nil)
8051 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
8052 Select next file among files in current tags table.
8054 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
8055 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
8056 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
8058 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
8059 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
8061 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
8062 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
8064 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
8066 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
8067 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
8068 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
8069 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
8071 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
8072 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
8073 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
8074 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
8075 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
8077 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
8078 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
8080 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
8081 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
8082 Stops when a match is found.
8083 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
8085 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8087 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
8089 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
8090 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
8091 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
8092 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
8093 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
8095 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8097 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
8099 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
8100 Display list of tags in file FILE.
8101 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
8102 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
8103 directory specification.
8105 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
8107 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
8108 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
8110 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8112 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
8113 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
8114 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
8115 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
8117 \(fn)" t nil)
8119 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
8120 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
8121 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
8122 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
8123 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
8125 \(fn)" t nil)
8127 ;;;***
8129 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
8130 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
8131 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
8132 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
8133 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
8134 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
8135 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
8136 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (15935 48150))
8137 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
8139 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
8140 Not documented
8142 \(fn)" nil nil)
8144 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
8145 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
8146 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
8147 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8149 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
8150 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
8151 language.
8153 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
8154 even if the buffer is read-only.
8156 See also the descriptions of the variables
8157 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
8158 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
8160 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8162 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8163 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
8165 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8166 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8168 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
8169 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
8170 language.
8172 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
8173 buffer is read-only.
8175 See also the descriptions of the variables
8176 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
8177 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
8179 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8181 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8182 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
8183 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
8185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8187 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
8188 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
8190 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
8191 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
8193 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
8194 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
8196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8198 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8199 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
8200 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
8201 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
8203 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
8205 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
8206 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
8207 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8208 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8210 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
8211 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
8212 the primary language.
8214 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
8215 buffer is read-only.
8217 See also the descriptions of the variables
8218 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
8219 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
8221 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8223 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8224 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
8225 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8226 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8228 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
8229 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
8230 primary language.
8232 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
8233 buffer is read-only.
8235 See also the descriptions of the variables
8236 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
8237 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
8239 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8241 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8242 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
8243 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
8245 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8247 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
8248 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
8250 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
8251 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
8252 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
8253 3) convert the body into SERA.
8255 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
8257 \(fn)" t nil)
8259 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8260 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
8261 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
8263 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
8265 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
8266 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
8268 \(fn)" t nil)
8270 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
8271 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
8273 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
8274 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
8275 be 1, 2, or 3.
8277 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
8278 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
8279 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
8281 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
8283 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
8285 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
8286 Allow the user to input special characters.
8288 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8290 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8291 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
8292 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
8294 \(fn)" t nil)
8296 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8297 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
8299 \(fn)" t nil)
8301 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8302 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
8304 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
8305 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
8307 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
8308 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
8310 \(fn)" nil nil)
8312 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8313 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
8315 \(fn)" nil nil)
8317 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
8318 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
8320 \(fn)" nil nil)
8322 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
8323 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
8325 \(fn)" nil nil)
8327 ;;;***
8329 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
8330 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
8331 ;;;;;; (15791 51837))
8332 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
8334 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
8335 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
8336 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
8337 server for future sessions.
8339 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
8341 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
8342 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
8344 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8346 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
8347 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
8349 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8351 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
8352 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
8353 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
8354 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
8355 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
8356 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
8357 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
8358 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
8359 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
8360 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
8361 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
8362 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
8364 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
8366 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
8367 Display a form to query the directory server.
8368 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
8369 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
8371 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
8373 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
8374 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
8375 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
8377 \(fn)" t nil)
8379 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
8381 ;;;***
8383 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
8384 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
8385 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (15429 13186))
8386 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
8388 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
8389 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
8391 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8393 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
8394 Display URL and make it clickable.
8396 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
8398 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
8399 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
8401 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
8403 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
8404 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
8406 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8408 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
8409 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
8411 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8413 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
8414 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
8416 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8418 ;;;***
8420 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
8421 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (15429 13344))
8422 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
8424 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
8425 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
8426 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
8428 \(fn)" t nil)
8430 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
8431 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
8433 \(fn)" t nil)
8435 ;;;***
8437 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
8438 ;;;;;; (15429 13512))
8439 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
8441 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
8442 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
8444 \(fn)" t nil)
8446 ;;;***
8448 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
8449 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
8450 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (16071 64787))
8451 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
8453 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\
8454 Search for COMMAND in `exec-path' and return the absolute file name.
8455 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'.
8457 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
8459 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
8460 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
8461 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
8462 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
8463 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
8464 executable.
8466 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
8468 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
8469 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
8470 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
8472 \(fn)" t nil)
8474 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
8475 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
8476 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
8477 file modes.
8479 \(fn)" nil nil)
8481 ;;;***
8483 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
8484 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (15363 54641))
8485 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
8487 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
8488 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
8489 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
8490 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
8492 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
8494 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
8495 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
8496 to generate such functions.
8498 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
8499 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
8500 beginning of the expanded text.
8502 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
8503 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
8504 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
8505 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
8507 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
8509 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
8511 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
8512 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
8513 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
8515 \(fn)" t nil)
8517 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
8518 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
8519 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
8521 \(fn)" t nil)
8522 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
8523 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
8525 ;;;***
8527 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (16034 39468))
8528 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
8530 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
8531 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
8532 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
8534 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
8535 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
8536 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
8538 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
8540 Key definitions:
8541 \\{f90-mode-map}
8543 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
8545 `f90-do-indent'
8546 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
8547 `f90-if-indent'
8548 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
8549 `f90-type-indent'
8550 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
8551 `f90-program-indent'
8552 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
8553 (default 2).
8554 `f90-continuation-indent'
8555 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
8556 `f90-comment-region'
8557 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
8558 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
8559 `f90-indented-comment-re'
8560 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
8561 (default \"!\").
8562 `f90-directive-comment-re'
8563 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
8564 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
8565 `f90-break-delimiters'
8566 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
8567 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
8568 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
8569 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
8570 (default t).
8571 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
8572 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
8573 `f90-smart-end'
8574 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
8575 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
8576 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
8577 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
8578 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
8579 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
8580 `f90-leave-line-no'
8581 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
8582 `f90-keywords-re'
8583 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
8585 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
8586 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
8588 \(fn)" t nil)
8590 ;;;***
8592 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
8593 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
8594 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
8595 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
8596 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (15935 41357))
8597 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
8598 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
8599 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
8601 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
8602 Menu keymap for faces.")
8604 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
8606 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
8607 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
8609 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
8611 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
8612 Menu keymap for background colors.")
8614 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
8616 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
8617 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
8619 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
8621 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
8622 Submenu for text justification commands.")
8624 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
8626 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
8627 Submenu for indentation commands.")
8629 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
8631 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
8632 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
8634 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
8636 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
8638 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
8640 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
8642 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
8643 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
8644 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
8645 will not show through at all will be removed.
8647 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
8649 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8650 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8651 requested face.
8653 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8654 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8655 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8657 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
8659 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
8660 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
8661 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
8663 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8664 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8665 requested face.
8667 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8668 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8669 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8671 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
8673 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
8674 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
8675 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
8677 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8678 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8679 requested face.
8681 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8682 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8683 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8685 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
8687 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
8688 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
8689 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
8690 is the menu item's name.
8692 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8693 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8694 requested face.
8696 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8697 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8698 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8700 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
8702 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
8703 Make the region invisible.
8704 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
8705 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8707 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8709 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
8710 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
8711 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
8712 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8714 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8716 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
8717 Make the region unmodifiable.
8718 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
8719 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8721 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8723 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
8724 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
8726 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8728 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
8729 Remove all text properties from the region.
8731 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8733 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
8734 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
8735 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
8737 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8739 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
8740 Read a color using the minibuffer.
8742 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
8744 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
8745 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
8746 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
8747 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
8748 of colors that the current display can handle.
8750 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8752 ;;;***
8754 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
8755 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (15930 37682))
8756 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
8758 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
8759 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
8760 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
8761 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
8763 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
8765 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
8766 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
8767 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
8769 Font Lock caches may be saved:
8770 - When you save the file's buffer.
8771 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
8772 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
8773 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
8774 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
8776 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
8778 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
8779 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
8780 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
8781 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
8783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8785 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
8786 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
8788 \(fn)" nil nil)
8790 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
8792 ;;;***
8794 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
8795 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
8796 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (15832 6910))
8797 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
8799 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
8800 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
8801 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
8802 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
8804 \(fn)" nil nil)
8806 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
8807 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts.
8809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8811 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
8812 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
8813 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
8814 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
8816 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8818 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
8819 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
8820 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
8821 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
8822 backup file names and the like).
8824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8826 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
8827 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
8828 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
8829 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
8830 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
8831 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
8832 internally by feedmail):
8834 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
8835 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
8836 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
8837 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
8839 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
8840 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
8841 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
8842 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
8843 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil.
8845 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
8847 ;;;***
8849 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
8850 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (15975 45005))
8851 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
8853 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
8854 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
8855 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
8856 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
8857 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
8858 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
8859 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
8861 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
8863 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
8864 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
8865 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
8866 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
8867 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
8868 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
8869 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
8871 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version.
8873 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8875 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
8877 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
8878 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
8879 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
8880 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
8881 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
8882 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
8884 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
8886 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
8887 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
8888 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
8889 Return value:
8890 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
8891 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
8892 * otherwise, nil
8894 \(fn E)" t nil)
8896 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
8897 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
8899 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8901 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
8902 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
8904 \(fn)" t nil)
8906 ;;;***
8908 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
8909 ;;;;;; (15996 23174))
8910 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
8912 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
8913 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
8914 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
8915 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
8916 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
8917 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
8918 \(directories) is done.
8920 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8921 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8922 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8923 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8925 ;;;***
8927 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
8928 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (15935 41394))
8929 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
8931 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
8932 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
8933 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
8934 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
8935 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
8937 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired")
8939 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
8940 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
8941 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
8942 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
8944 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired")
8946 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
8947 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
8948 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8950 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
8952 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
8953 as the final argument.
8955 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
8957 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
8958 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
8959 and run dired on those files.
8960 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
8961 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8963 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
8965 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
8967 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
8968 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
8969 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8971 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
8973 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
8975 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
8977 ;;;***
8979 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
8980 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
8981 ;;;;;; (16072 61017))
8982 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
8984 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
8985 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
8986 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
8988 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
8990 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
8992 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
8994 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
8995 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
8996 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
8998 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
8999 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
9001 Variables of interest include:
9003 - `ff-case-fold-search'
9004 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
9005 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
9007 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
9008 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
9009 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
9011 - `ff-ignore-include'
9012 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
9014 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
9015 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
9017 - `ff-quiet-mode'
9018 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
9020 - `ff-special-constructs'
9021 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
9022 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
9023 extracting the filename from that construct.
9025 - `ff-other-file-alist'
9026 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
9028 - `ff-search-directories'
9029 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
9030 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
9032 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
9033 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
9035 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
9036 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
9038 - `ff-post-load-hook'
9039 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
9041 - `ff-not-found-hook'
9042 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
9044 - `ff-file-created-hook'
9045 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
9047 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
9049 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
9050 Visit the file you click on.
9052 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
9054 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
9055 Visit the file you click on in another window.
9057 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
9059 ;;;***
9061 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
9062 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
9063 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
9064 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
9065 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect find-function-search-for-symbol find-library)
9066 ;;;;;; "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (16072 61074))
9067 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
9069 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
9070 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
9072 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
9074 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
9075 Search for SYMBOL.
9076 If VARIABLE-P is nil, `find-function-regexp' is used, otherwise
9077 `find-variable-regexp' is used. The search is done in library LIBRARY.
9079 \(fn SYMBOL VARIABLE-P LIBRARY)" nil nil)
9081 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
9082 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
9084 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
9085 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
9086 not selected.
9088 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
9089 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
9090 in `load-path'.
9092 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
9094 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
9095 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
9097 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
9098 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
9099 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
9100 it is one of the current buffers.
9102 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
9103 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9104 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
9106 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9108 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
9109 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
9111 See `find-function' for more details.
9113 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9115 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
9116 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
9118 See `find-function' for more details.
9120 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9122 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
9123 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
9125 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
9126 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
9127 not selected.
9129 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
9130 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9132 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
9134 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
9135 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
9137 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
9138 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
9139 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
9140 it is one of the current buffers.
9142 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
9143 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9144 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
9146 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9148 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
9149 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
9151 See `find-variable' for more details.
9153 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9155 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
9156 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
9158 See `find-variable' for more details.
9160 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9162 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
9163 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
9164 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer.
9166 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
9168 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
9169 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
9171 \(fn)" t nil)
9173 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
9174 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
9176 \(fn)" t nil)
9178 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
9179 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
9181 \(fn)" nil nil)
9183 ;;;***
9185 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
9186 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (15186 53885))
9187 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
9189 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
9190 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
9192 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
9194 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
9195 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
9197 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
9199 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
9200 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
9202 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9204 ;;;***
9206 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
9207 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (15887 14308))
9208 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
9210 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
9211 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
9213 \(fn)" t nil)
9215 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
9216 Display FILE's commentary section.
9217 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
9219 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9221 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
9222 Find packages matching a given keyword.
9224 \(fn)" t nil)
9226 ;;;***
9228 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
9229 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (15935 41434))
9230 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
9232 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
9233 Toggle flow control handling.
9234 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
9235 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
9237 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
9239 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
9240 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
9241 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
9242 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
9243 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
9244 to get the effect of a C-q.
9246 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
9248 ;;;***
9250 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
9251 ;;;;;; flyspell-version flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)
9252 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (15577 17335))
9253 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
9255 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
9256 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
9257 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
9259 (custom-autoload (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) "flyspell")
9261 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
9262 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
9264 \(fn)" t nil)
9266 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
9268 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
9270 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
9271 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
9272 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
9273 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
9274 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
9275 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
9277 Bindings:
9278 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
9279 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
9280 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
9282 Hooks:
9283 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
9285 Remark:
9286 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
9287 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
9288 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
9290 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
9291 consider adding:
9292 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
9293 in your .emacs file.
9295 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
9296 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
9298 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9300 (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode))
9302 (autoload (quote flyspell-version) "flyspell" "\
9303 The flyspell version
9305 \(fn)" t nil)
9307 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
9308 Turn Flyspell mode off.
9310 \(fn)" nil nil)
9312 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
9313 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
9315 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
9317 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
9318 Flyspell whole buffer.
9320 \(fn)" t nil)
9322 ;;;***
9324 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
9325 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
9326 ;;;;;; (15832 29330))
9327 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
9329 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
9330 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
9332 \(fn)" t nil)
9334 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
9335 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
9337 \(fn)" t nil)
9339 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
9340 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
9342 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
9343 of two major techniques:
9345 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
9346 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
9347 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
9349 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
9350 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
9351 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
9352 movement commands.
9354 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
9355 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
9356 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
9357 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
9358 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
9359 mileage may vary).
9361 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
9362 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
9364 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
9366 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
9367 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
9368 \(This is the default.)
9370 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
9371 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
9373 Keys specific to Follow mode:
9374 \\{follow-mode-map}
9376 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9378 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
9379 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
9381 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
9382 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
9383 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
9384 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
9385 two windows always will display two successive pages.
9386 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
9388 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
9389 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
9390 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
9392 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
9393 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
9394 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
9396 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9398 ;;;***
9400 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer font-lock-remove-keywords
9401 ;;;;;; font-lock-add-keywords font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock"
9402 ;;;;;; "font-lock.el" (16027 16187))
9403 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
9405 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock" "\
9406 Not documented
9408 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
9410 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
9411 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
9412 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
9413 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
9414 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
9415 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
9416 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
9417 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
9418 end of the current highlighting list.
9420 For example:
9422 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
9423 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
9424 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
9426 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
9427 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
9429 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
9430 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
9431 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
9433 Note that some modes have specialized support for additional patterns, e.g.,
9434 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
9435 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'.
9437 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
9439 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
9440 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
9442 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
9443 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
9445 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
9446 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
9447 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
9449 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS)" nil nil)
9451 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
9452 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would.
9454 \(fn)" t nil)
9456 ;;;***
9458 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (15935
9459 ;;;;;; 48280))
9460 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
9462 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
9463 Toggle footnote minor mode.
9464 \\<message-mode-map>
9465 key binding
9466 --- -------
9468 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
9469 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
9470 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
9471 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
9472 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
9473 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
9475 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9477 ;;;***
9479 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
9480 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (16111 31861))
9481 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
9483 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
9484 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
9486 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
9487 TAB forms-next-field TAB
9488 C-c TAB forms-next-field
9489 C-c < forms-first-record <
9490 C-c > forms-last-record >
9491 C-c ? describe-mode ?
9492 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
9493 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
9494 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
9495 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
9496 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
9497 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
9498 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
9499 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
9500 C-c C-x forms-exit x
9502 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
9504 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
9505 Visit a file in Forms mode.
9507 \(fn FN)" t nil)
9509 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
9510 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
9512 \(fn FN)" t nil)
9514 ;;;***
9516 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
9517 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (16116 34477))
9518 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
9520 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
9521 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
9522 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
9523 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
9524 with a character in column 6.")
9526 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran")
9528 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
9529 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
9530 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
9532 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
9533 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
9535 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
9537 Key definitions:
9538 \\{fortran-mode-map}
9540 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9542 `comment-start'
9543 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
9544 `fortran-do-indent'
9545 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
9546 `fortran-if-indent'
9547 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
9548 `fortran-structure-indent'
9549 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
9550 (default 3)
9551 `fortran-continuation-indent'
9552 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
9553 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
9554 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
9555 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
9556 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
9557 nil don't change the indentation
9558 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
9559 value of either
9560 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
9561 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
9562 depending on the continuation format in use.
9563 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
9564 indentation for a line of code.
9565 (default 'fixed)
9566 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
9567 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
9568 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
9569 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
9570 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
9571 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
9572 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
9573 `fortran-line-number-indent'
9574 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
9575 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
9576 column 5.
9577 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
9578 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
9579 statements (default nil).
9580 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
9581 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
9582 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
9583 `fortran-continuation-string'
9584 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
9585 line (default \"$\").
9586 `fortran-comment-region'
9587 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
9588 the region (default \"c$$$\").
9589 `fortran-electric-line-number'
9590 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
9591 as typed (default t).
9592 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
9593 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
9595 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
9596 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9598 \(fn)" t nil)
9600 ;;;***
9602 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
9603 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (15935 48681))
9604 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
9606 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
9607 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
9609 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
9610 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
9612 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
9614 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
9615 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
9617 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
9618 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
9620 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
9622 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
9623 Compile fortune file.
9625 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
9626 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
9628 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9630 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
9631 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
9633 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
9634 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
9635 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
9636 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
9638 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9640 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
9641 Display a fortune cookie.
9643 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
9644 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
9645 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
9646 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
9648 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9650 ;;;***
9652 ;;;### (autoloads (set-fringe-style fringe-mode fringe-mode) "fringe"
9653 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" (15985 65470))
9654 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
9656 (defvar fringe-mode nil "\
9657 *Specify appearance of fringes on all frames.
9658 This variable can be nil (the default) meaning the fringes should have
9659 the default width (8 pixels), it can be an integer value specifying
9660 the width of both left and right fringe (where 0 means no fringe), or
9661 a cons cell where car indicates width of left fringe and cdr indicates
9662 width of right fringe (where again 0 can be used to indicate no
9663 fringe).
9664 To set this variable in a Lisp program, use `set-fringe-mode' to make
9665 it take real effect.
9666 Setting the variable with a customization buffer also takes effect.
9667 If you only want to modify the appearance of the fringe in one frame,
9668 you can use the interactive function `toggle-fringe'")
9670 (custom-autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe")
9672 (autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe" "\
9673 Toggle appearance of fringes on all frames.
9674 Valid values for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only',
9675 `right-only', `minimal' and `half'. MODE can also be a cons cell
9676 where the integer in car will be used as left fringe width and the
9677 integer in cdr will be used as right fringe width. If MODE is not
9678 specified, the user is queried.
9679 It applies to all frames that exist and frames to be created in the
9680 future.
9681 If you want to set appearance of fringes on the selected frame only,
9682 see `set-fringe-style'.
9684 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
9686 (autoload (quote set-fringe-style) "fringe" "\
9687 Set appearance of fringes on selected frame.
9688 Valid values for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only',
9689 `right-only', `minimal' and `half'. MODE can also be a cons cell
9690 where the integer in car will be used as left fringe width and the
9691 integer in cdr will be used as right fringe width. If MODE is not
9692 specified, the user is queried.
9693 If you want to set appearance of fringes on all frames, see `fringe-mode'.
9695 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
9697 ;;;***
9699 ;;;### (autoloads (gdba) "gdb-ui" "gdb-ui.el" (16116 34476))
9700 ;;; Generated autoloads from gdb-ui.el
9702 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
9703 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
9704 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
9705 and source-file directory for your debugger.
9707 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb starts with
9708 just two windows : the GUD and the source buffer. If it is t the
9709 following layout will appear (keybindings given in relevant buffer) :
9711 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9712 GDB Toolbar
9713 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9714 GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer
9718 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9719 Source buffer | Input/Output (of debuggee) buffer
9720 | (comint-mode)
9727 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9728 Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer
9729 RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint
9730 | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint
9731 | d gdb-delete-breakpoint
9732 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9734 All the buffers share the toolbar and source should always display in the same
9735 window e.g after typing g on a breakpoint in the breakpoints buffer. Breakpoint
9736 icons are displayed both by setting a break with gud-break and by typing break
9737 in the GUD buffer.
9739 This works best (depending on the size of your monitor) using most of the
9740 screen.
9742 Displayed expressions appear in separate frames. Arrays may be displayed
9743 as slices and visualised using the graph program from plotutils if installed.
9744 Pointers in structures may be followed in a tree-like fashion.
9746 The following interactive lisp functions help control operation :
9748 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
9749 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
9750 `gdb-quit' - To delete (most) of the buffers used by GDB-UI and
9751 reset variables.
9753 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
9755 ;;;***
9757 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
9758 ;;;;;; (15186 56482))
9759 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
9761 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
9762 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
9764 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
9765 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
9767 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
9768 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
9769 function.
9771 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
9772 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
9773 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
9774 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
9775 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
9776 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
9778 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
9779 Each keyword should be a string.
9781 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
9782 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
9784 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
9785 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
9786 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
9788 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
9790 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
9792 \(fn NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
9794 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
9795 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
9796 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
9797 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
9799 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
9800 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
9802 \(fn TYPE)" t nil)
9804 ;;;***
9806 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
9807 ;;;;;; (15251 15718))
9808 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
9810 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
9811 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
9812 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
9813 at places they belong to.
9815 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9817 ;;;***
9819 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
9820 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (15935 47838))
9821 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
9823 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
9824 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server.
9826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9828 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
9829 Read network news.
9830 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
9831 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
9832 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
9833 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
9834 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server.
9836 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
9838 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
9839 Read news as a slave.
9841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9843 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
9844 Pop up a frame to read news.
9846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9848 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
9849 Read network news.
9850 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
9851 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
9852 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
9854 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
9856 ;;;***
9858 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
9859 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
9860 ;;;;;; (15935 47838))
9861 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
9863 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
9864 Start Gnus unplugged.
9866 \(fn)" t nil)
9868 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
9869 Start Gnus plugged.
9871 \(fn)" t nil)
9873 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
9874 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
9875 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
9876 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
9878 \(gnus-agentize)
9880 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
9881 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
9882 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
9884 \(fn)" t nil)
9886 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
9887 Start Gnus and fetch session.
9889 \(fn)" t nil)
9891 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
9892 Not documented
9894 \(fn)" t nil)
9896 ;;;***
9898 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
9899 ;;;;;; (16055 61921))
9900 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
9902 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
9903 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
9905 \(fn)" nil nil)
9907 ;;;***
9909 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
9910 ;;;;;; (15185 54813))
9911 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
9913 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
9914 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
9916 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9918 ;;;***
9920 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
9921 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (15935
9922 ;;;;;; 47838))
9923 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
9925 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
9926 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
9928 Usage:
9929 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
9931 \(fn)" t nil)
9933 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
9934 Generate the cache active file.
9936 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9938 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
9939 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
9941 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
9943 ;;;***
9945 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
9946 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (15935 47838))
9947 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
9949 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
9950 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
9951 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
9953 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
9955 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
9956 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
9958 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
9960 ;;;***
9962 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
9963 ;;;;;; (14813 3418))
9964 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
9966 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
9968 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
9969 Run batched scoring.
9970 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
9972 \(fn)" t nil)
9974 ;;;***
9976 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
9977 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (15935 47838))
9978 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
9980 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
9981 Not documented
9983 \(fn)" nil nil)
9985 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
9986 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
9988 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
9990 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9992 ;;;***
9994 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
9995 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
9996 ;;;;;; (15847 36479))
9997 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
9999 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10000 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
10001 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
10002 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
10003 group parameters.
10005 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
10006 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
10007 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
10008 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
10010 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
10011 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
10012 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
10013 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
10014 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
10015 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
10016 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
10017 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
10018 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
10019 gnus-group-split-fancy for details.
10021 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
10023 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10024 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
10025 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
10027 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
10028 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
10030 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
10032 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10033 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
10034 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
10036 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
10038 \(fn)" nil nil)
10040 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10041 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
10042 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
10044 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
10046 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
10047 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
10048 existing groups are considered.
10050 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
10051 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
10052 returned.
10054 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
10055 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
10056 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
10057 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
10058 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
10059 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
10060 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
10061 clauses will be generated.
10063 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
10064 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
10065 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
10066 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
10067 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
10068 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
10070 For example, given the following group parameters:
10072 nnml:mail.bar:
10073 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
10074 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
10075 nnml:mail.foo:
10076 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
10077 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
10078 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
10079 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
10080 nnml:mail.others:
10081 \((split-spec . catch-all))
10083 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
10085 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
10086 \"mail.bar\")
10087 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
10088 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
10089 \"mail.others\")
10091 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
10093 ;;;***
10095 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
10096 ;;;;;; (14791 27652))
10097 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
10099 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
10100 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
10101 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
10103 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
10105 ;;;***
10107 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (15935
10108 ;;;;;; 47838))
10109 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
10111 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
10112 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
10113 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
10114 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
10116 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
10118 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
10120 ;;;***
10122 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
10123 ;;;;;; (15847 36479))
10124 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
10126 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
10127 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
10128 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
10129 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
10130 part is ignored.
10132 This function exists for backward compatibility with Emacs 20. It is
10133 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
10134 rather than using this function.
10136 \(fn NAME CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
10138 ;;;***
10140 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
10141 ;;;;;; (14791 27652))
10142 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
10144 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
10145 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
10146 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
10147 for matching on group names.
10149 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
10150 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
10152 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
10154 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
10156 \(fn)" t nil)
10158 ;;;***
10160 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
10161 ;;;;;; (14860 12426))
10162 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
10164 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
10165 Update the format specification near point.
10167 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
10169 ;;;***
10171 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
10172 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (15650 59284))
10173 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
10175 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
10176 Unload all Gnus features.
10177 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
10178 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
10179 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble.
10181 \(fn)" t nil)
10183 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
10184 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend.
10186 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
10188 ;;;***
10190 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
10191 ;;;;;; (15847 36480))
10192 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
10194 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
10195 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
10197 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
10199 ;;;***
10201 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (16024 13827))
10202 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
10204 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
10205 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
10207 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
10208 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
10209 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
10211 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
10212 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
10213 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
10215 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
10216 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
10218 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
10219 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
10221 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
10223 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
10225 ;;;***
10227 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
10228 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (16072 61173))
10229 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
10231 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
10232 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
10233 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
10234 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
10235 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click.
10237 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10239 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
10240 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
10241 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
10242 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
10243 there, then load the URL at or before point.
10245 \(fn)" t nil)
10247 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
10248 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
10249 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
10250 or to send e-mail.
10251 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
10253 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
10254 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
10256 \(fn)" t nil)
10258 ;;;***
10260 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (15288 14339))
10261 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
10263 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
10264 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
10265 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
10266 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
10267 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
10269 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
10271 ;;;***
10273 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
10274 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (16116 34477))
10275 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
10277 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
10278 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10279 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10280 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10282 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10284 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
10285 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10286 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10287 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10289 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10291 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
10292 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10293 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10294 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10296 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10298 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
10299 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10300 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10301 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10303 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
10304 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
10306 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10308 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
10309 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10310 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10311 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10313 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10315 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
10316 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
10317 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10318 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10320 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10322 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
10323 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
10324 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
10325 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
10326 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
10328 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
10329 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
10330 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
10331 original source file access method.
10333 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
10334 gud, see `gud-mode'.
10336 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10338 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
10339 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10340 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10341 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10343 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10344 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
10346 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
10348 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
10349 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
10351 \(fn)" t nil)
10353 ;;;***
10355 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (15935
10356 ;;;;;; 48681))
10357 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
10359 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
10360 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
10361 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
10362 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
10364 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
10365 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
10366 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
10367 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
10369 \(fn)" t nil)
10371 ;;;***
10373 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
10374 ;;;;;; (15935 48681))
10375 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
10377 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
10378 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
10380 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
10382 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
10383 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
10384 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
10385 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
10387 Repent before ring 31 moves.
10389 \(fn)" t nil)
10391 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
10392 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
10393 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
10394 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
10395 to be updated.
10397 \(fn)" t nil)
10399 ;;;***
10401 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
10402 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-function locate-library
10403 ;;;;;; help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (16065 15076))
10404 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
10406 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
10407 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
10408 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
10409 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
10410 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
10411 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
10413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10415 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-fns" "\
10416 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
10417 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
10418 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
10419 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
10420 to the specified name LIBRARY.
10422 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
10423 is used instead of `load-path'.
10425 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
10426 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
10427 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
10429 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
10431 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
10432 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
10434 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10436 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
10437 Not documented
10439 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10441 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
10442 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
10443 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
10445 \(fn)" nil nil)
10447 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
10448 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
10449 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
10450 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
10451 it is displayed along with the global value.
10453 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10455 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
10456 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
10457 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
10458 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
10460 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10462 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
10463 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
10464 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
10466 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10468 ;;;***
10470 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
10471 ;;;;;; (15954 4442))
10472 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
10474 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
10475 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
10476 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
10477 and window listing and describing the options.
10478 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
10479 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
10481 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro")
10483 ;;;***
10485 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
10486 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
10487 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (16039 41462))
10488 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
10490 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
10491 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
10492 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
10493 Commands:
10494 \\{help-mode-map}
10496 \(fn)" t nil)
10498 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
10499 Not documented
10501 \(fn)" nil nil)
10503 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
10504 Not documented
10506 \(fn)" nil nil)
10508 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
10509 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
10511 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
10512 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
10513 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
10514 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
10516 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
10517 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
10518 restore it properly when going back.
10520 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
10522 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
10523 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
10525 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
10526 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
10527 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
10528 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
10529 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
10531 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
10532 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
10533 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
10534 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
10536 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
10537 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
10538 that.
10540 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10542 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
10543 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
10544 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
10545 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
10546 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
10547 See `help-make-xrefs'.
10549 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10551 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
10552 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
10553 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
10554 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
10555 See `help-make-xrefs'.
10557 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10559 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
10560 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
10562 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
10564 ;;;***
10566 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
10567 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (15954 4801))
10568 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
10570 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
10571 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
10573 \(fn)" t nil)
10575 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
10576 Provide help for current mode.
10578 \(fn)" t nil)
10580 ;;;***
10582 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
10583 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (16030 5145))
10584 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
10586 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
10587 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
10588 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
10589 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
10590 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
10592 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
10593 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
10595 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
10596 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
10597 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
10598 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
10600 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
10601 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
10602 periods.
10604 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
10605 in hexl format.
10607 A sample format:
10609 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
10610 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
10611 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
10612 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
10613 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
10614 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
10615 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
10616 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
10617 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
10618 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
10619 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
10620 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
10621 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
10622 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
10623 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
10625 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
10626 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
10627 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
10629 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
10630 also supported.
10632 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
10634 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
10635 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
10636 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
10638 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
10639 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
10640 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
10642 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
10643 into the buffer at the current point.
10645 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
10646 into the buffer at the current point.
10648 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
10649 into the buffer at the current point.
10651 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
10653 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
10654 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
10656 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
10658 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
10660 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10662 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
10663 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
10664 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists.
10666 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
10668 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
10669 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
10670 This discards the buffer's undo information.
10672 \(fn)" t nil)
10674 ;;;***
10676 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
10677 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
10678 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (15935
10679 ;;;;;; 41671))
10680 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
10682 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
10683 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
10685 (custom-autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock")
10687 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
10688 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
10690 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
10691 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
10692 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
10693 which can be called interactively, are:
10695 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
10696 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
10698 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
10699 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
10700 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
10701 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
10703 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
10704 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
10706 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
10707 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
10709 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
10710 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
10711 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
10712 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
10713 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
10714 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
10716 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
10717 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
10719 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
10720 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
10721 Hi-lock: FOO
10722 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
10723 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
10724 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
10725 will be read until
10726 Hi-lock: end
10727 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
10729 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10731 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
10733 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10734 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
10736 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
10737 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
10738 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
10739 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
10741 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10743 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
10745 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10746 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
10748 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
10749 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
10750 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
10751 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
10753 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10755 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
10757 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10758 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
10760 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
10761 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
10763 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10765 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
10767 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10768 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
10770 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
10771 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
10772 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
10773 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
10774 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
10776 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10778 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
10779 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
10781 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
10782 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
10783 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
10785 \(fn)" t nil)
10787 ;;;***
10789 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
10790 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (15935 48914))
10791 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
10793 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
10794 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
10795 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
10796 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
10797 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
10798 how the hiding is done:
10800 `hide-ifdef-env'
10801 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
10802 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
10803 is used.
10805 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
10806 An association list of defined symbol lists.
10807 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
10808 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
10809 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
10811 `hide-ifdef-lines'
10812 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
10813 #endif lines when hiding.
10815 `hide-ifdef-initially'
10816 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
10817 is activated.
10819 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
10820 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
10821 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
10823 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
10825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10827 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
10828 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
10830 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
10832 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
10833 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
10835 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
10837 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
10838 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
10840 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
10842 ;;;***
10844 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
10845 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (15587 40845))
10846 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
10848 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
10849 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
10851 (custom-autoload (quote hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all) "hideshow")
10853 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
10854 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
10855 Each element has the form
10856 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
10858 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
10859 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
10861 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
10862 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
10864 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
10865 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
10866 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
10867 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
10868 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
10870 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
10871 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
10873 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
10874 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
10876 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
10877 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
10878 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
10880 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
10881 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
10882 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
10883 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
10884 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
10885 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
10887 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
10888 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
10889 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
10891 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
10892 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
10894 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
10896 Key bindings:
10897 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
10899 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10901 ;;;***
10903 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
10904 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
10905 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
10906 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (15935 41683))
10907 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
10909 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
10911 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
10912 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
10913 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
10915 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10917 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
10918 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
10920 Without an argument:
10921 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
10922 or passive state as determined by the variable
10923 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
10924 and passive state.
10926 With an argument ARG:
10927 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
10928 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
10929 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
10931 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
10932 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
10933 not displayed in a different face.
10935 Functions:
10936 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
10937 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
10938 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
10939 buffer with the contents of a file
10940 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
10941 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
10942 various faces.
10944 Hook variables:
10945 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
10946 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
10947 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.
10949 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10951 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
10952 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
10954 \(fn)" t nil)
10956 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
10957 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
10959 \(fn)" t nil)
10961 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
10962 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
10964 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
10965 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
10966 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
10967 shown in the last face in the list.
10969 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
10970 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
10971 buffer to be saved):
10973 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)
10975 \(fn)" t nil)
10977 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
10978 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
10980 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
10981 and must not be read-only.
10983 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
10984 this function is called interactively.
10986 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
10987 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
10988 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
10990 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
10991 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
10992 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
10994 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
10996 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
10997 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
10999 When called interactively:
11000 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
11001 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
11002 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
11003 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
11005 When called from a program:
11006 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
11007 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
11008 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
11009 - otherwise just turn it on
11011 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
11012 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
11013 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
11014 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
11016 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11018 ;;;***
11020 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
11021 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
11022 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
11023 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
11024 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (15930 37749))
11025 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
11027 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
11028 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
11029 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
11030 or insert functions in this list.")
11032 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp")
11034 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
11035 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
11037 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp")
11039 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
11040 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
11042 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp")
11044 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
11045 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
11047 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp")
11049 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
11050 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
11052 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp")
11054 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
11055 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
11056 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
11058 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp")
11060 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
11061 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
11062 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
11063 \(as atoms)")
11065 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp")
11067 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
11068 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
11069 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
11070 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
11071 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
11073 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp")
11075 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
11076 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
11077 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
11078 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
11079 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
11080 expansions.
11081 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
11082 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
11083 undoes the expansion.
11085 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11087 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
11088 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
11089 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
11090 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
11092 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
11094 ;;;***
11096 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
11097 ;;;;;; (16068 44808))
11098 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
11100 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
11101 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
11102 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
11104 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
11105 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
11106 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
11107 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
11108 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
11110 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
11111 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
11112 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
11113 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
11115 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11117 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
11118 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
11119 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11120 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11121 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
11123 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line")
11125 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
11126 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
11127 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
11129 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
11130 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
11132 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11134 ;;;***
11136 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
11137 ;;;;;; (15935 46813))
11138 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
11140 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
11141 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
11142 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
11144 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
11146 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11148 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
11149 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
11151 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
11152 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
11154 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
11156 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
11158 ;;;***
11160 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
11161 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (15935 48553))
11162 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
11164 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
11165 This function is obsolete.
11166 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
11167 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
11169 \(fn)" nil nil)
11171 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
11172 This function is obsolete.
11173 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
11174 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
11176 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11178 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
11179 This function is obsolete.
11180 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
11181 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
11183 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11185 ;;;***
11187 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
11188 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers
11189 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers
11190 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp
11191 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
11192 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
11193 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
11194 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
11195 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
11196 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
11197 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
11198 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
11199 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
11200 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
11201 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
11202 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
11203 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
11204 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
11205 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
11206 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
11207 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
11208 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (16013 64855))
11209 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
11211 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11212 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
11213 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
11215 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11217 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11218 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
11220 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11222 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11223 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
11225 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
11227 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11228 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
11230 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11232 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11233 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
11235 \(fn)" t nil)
11237 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11238 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
11240 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
11242 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11243 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
11245 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
11246 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext.el")
11247 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
11248 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext.el")
11249 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
11250 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
11251 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext.el")
11252 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext.el")
11253 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
11254 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
11255 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
11256 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext.el")
11258 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
11259 Not documented
11261 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
11263 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11264 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
11266 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11268 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11269 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
11271 \(fn)" t nil)
11273 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11274 Remove the first filter group.
11276 \(fn)" t nil)
11278 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11279 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
11281 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11283 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11284 Remove all filter groups.
11286 \(fn)" t nil)
11288 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11289 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
11291 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11293 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11294 Kill the filter group named NAME.
11295 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
11297 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11299 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
11300 Kill the filter group at point.
11301 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
11303 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11305 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
11306 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
11308 \(fn)" t nil)
11310 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11311 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
11313 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11315 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11316 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
11317 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
11318 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
11320 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
11322 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11323 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
11324 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
11326 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11328 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11329 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
11330 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
11331 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
11332 of replacing the current filters.
11334 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11336 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
11337 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
11339 \(fn)" t nil)
11341 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11342 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
11344 \(fn)" t nil)
11346 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11347 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
11349 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
11350 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
11351 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
11353 \(fn)" t nil)
11355 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11356 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
11358 \(fn)" t nil)
11360 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11361 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
11363 \(fn)" t nil)
11365 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11366 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
11367 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
11368 filter into parts.
11370 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
11372 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11373 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11374 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
11376 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
11378 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11379 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11381 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11383 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11384 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
11386 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11388 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11389 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11390 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
11391 of replacing the current filters.
11393 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11394 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11395 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11396 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext.el")
11397 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext.el")
11398 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext.el")
11399 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext.el")
11400 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext.el")
11401 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext.el")
11403 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11404 Toggle the current sorting mode.
11405 Default sorting modes are:
11406 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
11407 Name - the name of the buffer
11408 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
11409 Size - the size of the buffer
11411 \(fn)" t nil)
11413 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
11414 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
11416 \(fn)" t nil)
11417 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11418 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext.el")
11419 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext.el")
11420 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext.el")
11422 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
11423 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
11425 \(fn)" t nil)
11427 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
11428 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
11429 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
11430 for this Ibuffer session.
11432 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11434 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
11435 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
11436 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
11437 for this Ibuffer session.
11439 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11441 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
11442 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
11444 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
11445 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
11447 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
11448 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
11450 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
11452 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
11453 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
11455 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
11456 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
11458 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
11460 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
11461 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
11463 \(fn)" t nil)
11465 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
11466 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
11468 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11470 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
11471 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
11472 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
11474 \(fn)" t nil)
11476 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
11477 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
11479 The names are separated by a space.
11480 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
11482 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
11483 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
11484 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
11485 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
11487 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
11489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11491 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11492 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
11494 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11496 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11497 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
11499 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11501 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11502 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
11504 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11506 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11507 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
11509 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11511 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11512 Mark all modified buffers.
11514 \(fn)" t nil)
11516 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11517 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
11519 \(fn)" t nil)
11521 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11522 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
11524 \(fn)" t nil)
11526 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11527 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
11529 \(fn)" t nil)
11531 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11532 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
11534 \(fn)" t nil)
11536 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11537 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
11539 \(fn)" t nil)
11541 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11542 Mark all read-only buffers.
11544 \(fn)" t nil)
11546 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11547 Mark all `dired' buffers.
11549 \(fn)" t nil)
11551 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
11552 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
11553 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
11554 defaults to one.
11556 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
11558 ;;;***
11560 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
11561 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (16071
11562 ;;;;;; 53334))
11563 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
11565 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
11566 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
11568 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
11569 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
11570 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
11572 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
11573 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
11574 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
11575 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
11576 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
11577 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
11579 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
11580 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
11581 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
11582 change its definition, you should explicitly call
11583 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
11585 \(fn SYMBOL (&KEY name inline props summarizer) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11587 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
11588 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
11589 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
11590 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
11591 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
11593 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
11594 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
11595 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
11597 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&KEY description) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11599 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
11600 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
11601 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
11602 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
11603 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
11604 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
11606 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
11607 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
11608 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
11609 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
11610 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
11611 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
11612 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
11613 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
11614 values are:
11615 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
11616 t - the function it always modifies buffers
11617 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
11618 buffer's modification flag.
11619 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
11620 prompted before performing this operation.
11621 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
11622 operation is complete, in the form:
11623 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
11624 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
11625 confirmation message, in the form:
11626 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
11627 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
11628 macro for exactly what it does.
11630 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&KEY interactive mark modifier-p dangerous (opstring operated on) (active-opstring Operate on) complex) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11632 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
11633 Define a filter named NAME.
11634 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
11635 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
11636 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
11638 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
11639 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
11640 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
11641 bound to the current value of the filter.
11643 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&KEY reader description) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11645 ;;;***
11647 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
11648 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (16071 53236))
11649 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
11651 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
11652 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
11653 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
11654 buffers which are visiting a file.
11656 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
11658 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
11659 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
11660 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
11661 buffers which are visiting a file.
11663 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
11665 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
11666 Begin using `ibuffer' to edit a list of buffers.
11667 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
11669 Optional argument OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
11670 Optional argument NAME specifies the name of the buffer; it defaults
11671 to \"*Ibuffer*\".
11672 Optional argument QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers
11673 to use; see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
11674 Optional argument NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
11675 Optional argument SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The
11676 special value `onewindow' means always use another window.
11677 Optional argument FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering
11678 groups to use; see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
11679 Optional argument FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
11680 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have that value
11681 locally in this buffer.
11683 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
11685 ;;;***
11687 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
11688 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (15935 41799))
11689 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
11691 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
11692 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
11693 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
11695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11697 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
11698 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
11699 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'.
11701 \(fn)" nil nil)
11703 ;;;***
11705 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (15935 48915))
11706 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
11708 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
11709 Major mode for editing Icon code.
11710 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
11711 Tab indents for Icon code.
11712 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
11713 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11714 \\{icon-mode-map}
11715 Variables controlling indentation style:
11716 icon-tab-always-indent
11717 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
11718 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
11719 icon-auto-newline
11720 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
11721 inserted in Icon code.
11722 icon-indent-level
11723 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
11724 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
11725 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
11726 icon-continued-statement-offset
11727 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
11728 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
11729 icon-continued-brace-offset
11730 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
11731 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
11732 icon-brace-offset
11733 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
11734 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
11735 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
11736 this far to the right of the start of its line.
11738 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
11739 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11741 \(fn)" t nil)
11743 ;;;***
11745 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
11746 ;;;;;; (15790 55821))
11747 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
11749 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
11750 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
11751 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
11752 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
11754 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
11755 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
11756 separate frames.
11758 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
11759 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
11761 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
11762 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
11763 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
11765 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
11767 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
11769 ;;;***
11771 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
11772 ;;;;;; (16055 62372))
11773 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
11775 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
11776 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
11778 The main features of this mode are
11780 1. Indentation and Formatting
11781 --------------------------
11782 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
11783 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
11785 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
11786 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
11787 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
11788 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
11790 Comments are indented as follows:
11792 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
11793 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
11794 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
11796 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
11798 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
11799 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
11800 relative to the first will be retained. Use
11801 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
11802 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
11803 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not
11804 recommended).
11806 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
11807 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
11808 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
11809 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
11811 2. Routine Info
11812 ------------
11813 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
11814 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
11815 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
11816 source file of a module. These commands know about system
11817 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
11818 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
11819 this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
11820 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
11822 3. Online IDL Help
11823 ---------------
11824 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
11825 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
11826 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
11827 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
11828 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
11830 4. Completion
11831 ----------
11832 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
11833 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
11834 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
11835 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
11836 mixed or upper case.
11838 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
11839 --------------------------------
11840 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
11841 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
11843 \\pr PROCEDURE template
11844 \\fu FUNCTION template
11845 \\c CASE statement template
11846 \\sw SWITCH statement template
11847 \\f FOR loop template
11848 \\r REPEAT Loop template
11849 \\w WHILE loop template
11850 \\i IF statement template
11851 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
11852 \\b BEGIN
11854 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
11855 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
11857 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
11858 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
11859 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
11861 6. Automatic Case Conversion
11862 -------------------------
11863 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
11864 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
11866 7. Automatic END completion
11867 ------------------------
11868 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
11869 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
11871 8. Hooks
11872 -----
11873 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
11874 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
11876 9. Documentation and Customization
11877 -------------------------------
11878 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
11879 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
11880 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
11881 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
11882 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
11884 10.Keybindings
11885 -----------
11886 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
11887 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
11888 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
11890 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
11892 \(fn)" t nil)
11894 ;;;***
11896 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name ido-dired
11897 ;;;;;; ido-insert-file ido-write-file ido-find-file-other-frame
11898 ;;;;;; ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame ido-find-file-read-only-other-window
11899 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window
11900 ;;;;;; ido-find-file ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame
11901 ;;;;;; ido-insert-buffer ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
11902 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-read-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido"
11903 ;;;;;; "ido.el" (15995 47749))
11904 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
11906 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
11907 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
11908 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
11909 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
11910 displaying...)
11911 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
11912 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
11913 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
11915 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11916 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
11918 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido")
11920 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
11921 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
11922 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
11923 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
11924 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
11925 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
11926 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
11927 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
11928 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
11930 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11932 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
11933 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
11934 Return the name of a buffer selected.
11935 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
11936 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
11937 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
11938 If INITIAL is non-nil, it specifies the initial input string.
11940 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
11942 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
11943 Switch to another buffer.
11944 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
11945 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
11946 in another frame.
11948 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
11949 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
11950 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
11951 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have their
11952 normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
11954 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
11955 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
11957 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
11958 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
11960 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
11961 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
11962 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
11963 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
11964 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
11965 in a separate window.
11966 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
11967 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
11968 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
11969 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
11970 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
11971 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
11972 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into ido-find-file.
11973 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
11974 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
11976 \(fn)" t nil)
11978 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
11979 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
11980 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11981 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11983 \(fn)" t nil)
11985 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
11986 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
11987 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11988 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11990 \(fn)" t nil)
11992 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
11993 Kill a buffer.
11994 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11995 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11997 \(fn)" t nil)
11999 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
12000 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
12001 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12002 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
12004 \(fn)" t nil)
12006 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
12007 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
12008 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12009 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
12011 \(fn)" t nil)
12013 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
12014 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
12016 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12018 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
12019 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
12020 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
12021 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
12022 visible in another frame.
12024 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you type
12025 in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed if
12026 substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
12027 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
12028 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
12029 except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
12031 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
12032 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
12034 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
12035 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
12037 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
12038 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
12039 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
12040 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
12041 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
12042 in a separate window.
12043 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
12044 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
12045 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
12046 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
12047 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
12048 \\[ido-wide-find-file] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
12049 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
12050 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
12051 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
12052 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
12053 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
12054 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
12055 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
12056 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
12057 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
12059 \(fn)" t nil)
12061 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
12062 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
12063 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12064 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12066 \(fn)" t nil)
12068 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
12069 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
12070 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12071 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12073 \(fn)" t nil)
12075 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
12076 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
12077 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12078 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12080 \(fn)" t nil)
12082 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
12083 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
12084 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12085 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12087 \(fn)" t nil)
12089 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
12090 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
12091 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12092 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12094 \(fn)" t nil)
12096 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
12097 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
12098 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12099 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12101 \(fn)" t nil)
12103 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
12104 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
12105 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12106 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12108 \(fn)" t nil)
12110 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
12111 Write current buffer to a file.
12112 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12113 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12115 \(fn)" t nil)
12117 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
12118 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
12119 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12120 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12122 \(fn)" t nil)
12124 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
12125 Call dired the ido way.
12126 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12127 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12129 \(fn)" t nil)
12131 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
12132 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
12133 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
12135 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
12137 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
12138 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
12139 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
12141 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
12143 ;;;***
12145 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (15935 41827))
12146 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
12147 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
12149 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
12150 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
12151 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
12153 \(fn)" t nil)
12155 ;;;***
12157 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
12158 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
12159 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (15935 41897))
12160 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
12162 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
12163 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
12164 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
12165 be determined.
12167 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
12169 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
12170 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
12171 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
12172 be determined.
12174 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12176 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
12177 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
12178 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
12180 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
12182 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
12183 Create an image.
12184 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
12185 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
12186 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
12187 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
12188 use its file extension as image type.
12189 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
12190 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
12191 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
12192 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
12194 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
12196 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
12197 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
12198 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
12199 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
12200 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
12201 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
12202 POS may be an integer or marker.
12203 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
12204 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
12205 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
12206 means display it in the right marginal area.
12208 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
12210 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
12211 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
12212 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
12213 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
12214 defaulted if you omit it.
12215 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
12216 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
12217 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
12218 means display it in the right marginal area.
12220 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
12222 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
12223 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
12224 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
12225 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
12227 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
12229 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
12230 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
12232 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
12234 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
12235 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
12236 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
12237 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
12238 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
12239 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
12240 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
12241 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
12242 satisfied.
12244 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'.
12246 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
12248 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
12249 Define SYMBOL as an image.
12251 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
12252 documentation string.
12254 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
12255 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
12256 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
12257 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
12258 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
12259 string containing the actual image data. The first image
12260 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
12261 define SYMBOL.
12263 Example:
12265 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
12266 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
12268 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
12270 ;;;***
12272 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
12273 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
12274 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (15786 7485))
12275 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
12277 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
12278 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
12279 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
12280 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
12282 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
12283 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
12284 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
12285 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
12287 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file")
12289 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
12290 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
12291 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
12292 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
12294 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
12295 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
12296 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
12297 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
12299 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file")
12301 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
12302 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
12304 \(fn)" nil nil)
12306 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
12307 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
12308 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
12309 the command `insert-file-contents'.
12311 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
12313 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
12314 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
12315 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12316 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12317 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
12319 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file")
12321 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
12322 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
12323 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
12324 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
12326 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
12327 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
12328 `image-file-name-regexps'.
12330 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12332 ;;;***
12334 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
12335 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (16069 21415))
12336 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
12338 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
12339 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
12341 Affects only the mouse index menu.
12343 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
12344 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
12345 in the buffer.
12347 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
12349 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
12350 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
12351 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
12353 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu")
12355 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
12356 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
12358 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
12359 to create a buffer index.
12361 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
12362 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
12363 or like this:
12364 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
12365 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
12366 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
12367 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
12368 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
12370 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
12371 entries are not nested.
12373 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
12374 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
12375 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
12376 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
12378 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
12379 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
12381 The variable is buffer-local.
12383 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
12384 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
12385 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
12387 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
12388 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
12389 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
12390 during matching.")
12392 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
12394 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
12395 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
12397 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
12398 of the current buffer as an alist.
12400 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
12401 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
12402 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
12403 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
12404 if it is a sub-alist.
12406 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
12408 The variable is buffer-local.")
12410 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
12412 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
12413 Function for finding the next index position.
12415 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
12416 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
12417 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
12418 file.
12420 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
12421 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
12423 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12425 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
12427 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
12428 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
12430 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
12431 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
12432 It should return the name for that index item.
12434 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12436 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
12438 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
12439 Function to compare string with index item.
12441 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
12442 non-nil if they match.
12444 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
12445 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
12446 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
12447 arguments match\".
12449 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12451 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
12453 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
12454 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
12455 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
12457 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
12459 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
12461 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
12463 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
12464 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
12465 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
12466 See the command `imenu' for more information.
12468 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12470 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
12471 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
12473 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
12475 \(fn)" t nil)
12477 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
12478 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
12479 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
12480 for more information.
12482 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
12484 ;;;***
12486 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
12487 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
12488 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (16071 62458))
12489 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
12491 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
12492 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
12494 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
12496 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
12497 Not documented
12499 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
12501 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
12502 Not documented
12504 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
12506 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
12507 Not documented
12509 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12511 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
12512 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
12513 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
12514 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
12515 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
12517 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
12519 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
12520 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
12521 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
12522 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
12523 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
12525 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
12527 ;;;***
12529 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
12530 ;;;;;; (15650 57540))
12531 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
12533 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
12534 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
12535 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
12536 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
12537 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
12539 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
12540 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
12542 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
12543 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
12544 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
12545 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
12546 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
12547 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
12548 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
12549 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
12551 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
12552 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
12553 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
12554 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
12555 Inferior Lisp buffer.
12557 This variable is only used if the variable
12558 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
12560 More precise choices:
12561 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
12562 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
12563 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
12565 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
12567 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
12568 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
12570 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
12571 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
12572 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
12573 to that buffer.
12574 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
12575 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
12576 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
12577 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
12579 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
12580 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
12582 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
12584 ;;;***
12586 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
12587 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-index Info-directory info-standalone
12588 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
12589 ;;;;;; (16116 34476))
12590 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
12592 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
12593 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
12595 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
12596 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
12598 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
12599 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
12600 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
12601 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
12602 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
12603 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
12605 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
12606 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
12608 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
12609 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
12610 in all the directories in that path.
12612 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
12614 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
12615 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
12617 \(fn)" t nil)
12619 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
12620 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
12621 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
12622 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
12624 \(fn)" nil nil)
12626 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
12627 Go to the Info directory node.
12629 \(fn)" t nil)
12631 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
12632 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this file.
12633 The index is defined as the first node in the top level menu whose
12634 name contains the word \"Index\", plus any immediately following
12635 nodes whose names also contain the word \"Index\".
12636 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
12637 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
12638 Use the `,' command to see the other matches.
12639 Give a blank topic name to go to the Index node itself.
12641 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
12643 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
12644 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
12645 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
12646 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
12647 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'. COMMAND must be a symbol
12648 or string.
12650 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
12652 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
12653 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
12654 KEY is a string.
12655 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
12656 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
12657 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
12658 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
12660 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
12662 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
12663 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
12664 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
12666 \(fn)" t nil)
12668 ;;;***
12670 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
12671 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
12672 ;;;;;; (16083 48497))
12673 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
12675 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
12676 Throw away all cached data.
12677 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
12678 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
12679 system.
12681 \(fn)" t nil)
12683 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
12684 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
12685 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
12686 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
12687 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
12688 The default symbol is the one found at point.
12690 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
12692 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
12694 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
12695 Display the documentation of a file.
12696 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
12697 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
12698 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
12699 The default file name is the one found at point.
12701 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
12703 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
12705 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
12706 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
12708 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
12710 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
12711 Perform completion on file preceding point.
12713 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
12715 ;;;***
12717 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref"
12718 ;;;;;; "info-xref.el" (15945 25738))
12719 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
12721 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
12722 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
12724 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12726 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
12727 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
12728 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
12730 \(fn)" t nil)
12732 ;;;***
12734 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
12735 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (15935 42088))
12736 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
12738 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
12739 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
12741 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
12743 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
12744 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
12745 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
12747 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
12748 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
12749 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
12751 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
12752 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
12753 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
12754 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
12756 \(fn)" t nil)
12758 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
12759 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
12760 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
12762 \(fn)" t nil)
12764 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
12765 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
12766 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
12767 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
12768 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
12770 \(fn)" nil nil)
12772 ;;;***
12774 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
12775 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
12776 ;;;;;; (15251 19613))
12777 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
12779 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
12780 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
12782 \(fn)" t nil)
12784 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
12785 Toggle input method in interactive search.
12787 \(fn)" t nil)
12789 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
12790 Not documented
12792 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
12794 ;;;***
12796 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
12797 ;;;;;; (15935 48018))
12798 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
12800 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
12801 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
12802 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
12803 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
12804 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
12805 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
12807 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
12808 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
12810 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
12811 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
12812 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
12813 \"s gives German sharp s.
12814 /a gives a with ring.
12815 /e gives an a-e ligature.
12816 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
12817 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
12818 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
12820 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
12821 and a negative argument disables it.
12823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12825 ;;;***
12827 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
12828 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
12829 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
12830 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (15935 48018))
12831 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
12833 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
12834 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
12835 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12836 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12838 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12840 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
12841 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
12842 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12843 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12845 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12847 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
12848 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
12849 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12850 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12852 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12854 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12855 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12856 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12857 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12859 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12861 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12862 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12863 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12864 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12866 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12868 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
12869 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
12870 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12871 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12873 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12875 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
12876 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
12877 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12878 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12880 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12882 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
12883 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
12884 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
12885 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12887 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12889 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12890 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12891 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
12892 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12894 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12896 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
12897 Warn that format is read-only.
12899 \(fn)" t nil)
12901 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
12902 Warn that format is write-only.
12904 \(fn)" t nil)
12906 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
12907 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats.
12909 \(fn)" t nil)
12911 ;;;***
12913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
12914 ;;;;;; (15935 48018))
12915 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
12916 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
12917 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
12918 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
12920 ;;;***
12922 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
12923 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
12924 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
12925 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist
12926 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary)
12927 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (16077 16968))
12928 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
12930 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
12931 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
12932 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
12933 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
12935 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell")
12937 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
12938 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
12940 These will override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
12942 Customization changes made to `ispell-dictionary-alist' will not operate
12943 over emacs sessions. To make permanent changes to your dictionary
12944 definitions, you will need to make your changes in this variable, save,
12945 and then re-start emacs.")
12947 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
12949 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
12951 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
12953 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
12955 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
12957 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
12959 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
12961 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
12962 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
12964 Each element of this list is also a list:
12966 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
12967 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
12969 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
12970 nil means the default dictionary.
12972 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
12973 word.
12975 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
12977 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
12978 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
12979 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
12980 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
12981 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
12982 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
12983 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
12984 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
12985 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
12987 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
12988 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
12989 single word.
12991 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
12992 subprocess.
12994 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
12995 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
12996 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
12997 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
12998 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
12999 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
13000 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
13001 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
13003 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
13005 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
13006 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
13007 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
13009 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
13011 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
13012 Key map for ispell menu.")
13014 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
13015 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
13016 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
13017 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
13019 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
13021 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (if (fboundp (quote ispell-valid-dictionary-list)) (ispell-valid-dictionary-list) (mapcar (lambda (x) (or (car x) "default")) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (dict-map (make-sparse-keymap "Dictionaries"))) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (if (not dicts) (define-key ispell-menu-map [default] (quote ("Select Default Dict" "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary "default"))))) (fset (quote ispell-dict-map) dict-map) (define-key ispell-menu-map [dictionaries] (\` (menu-item "Select Dict" ispell-dict-map))) (dolist (name dicts) (define-key dict-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (\` (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary (\, name)))))))))
13023 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle . flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
13025 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
13027 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
13029 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
13030 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
13031 The alist key must be a regular expression.
13032 Valid forms include:
13033 (KEY) - just skip the key.
13034 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
13035 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
13036 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
13038 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
13039 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
13040 First list is used raw.
13041 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
13043 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
13044 for skipping in latex mode.")
13046 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
13047 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
13048 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
13049 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
13050 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^
13051 >]\").")
13053 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
13055 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
13056 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
13057 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
13058 in a window allowing you to choose one.
13060 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
13061 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
13062 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
13063 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
13064 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
13066 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
13067 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
13069 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
13071 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
13072 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
13074 return values:
13075 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
13076 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
13077 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
13078 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
13079 quit spell session exited.
13081 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
13083 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
13084 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
13085 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
13087 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
13089 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
13090 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
13092 Selections are:
13094 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
13095 SPC: Accept word this time.
13096 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
13097 `a': Accept word for this session.
13098 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
13099 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
13100 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
13101 `?': Show these commands.
13102 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
13103 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
13104 the aborted check to be completed later.
13105 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
13106 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
13107 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
13108 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
13109 `C-l': redraws screen
13110 `C-r': recursive edit
13111 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame
13113 \(fn)" nil nil)
13115 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
13116 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
13117 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
13119 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
13121 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
13122 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
13123 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
13125 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
13127 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary.
13129 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
13131 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
13132 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
13133 Return nil if spell session is quit,
13134 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
13136 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
13138 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
13139 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
13141 \(fn)" t nil)
13143 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
13144 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
13146 \(fn)" t nil)
13148 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
13149 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
13151 \(fn)" t nil)
13153 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
13154 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
13155 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
13156 sequence inside of a word.
13158 Standard ispell choices are then available.
13160 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
13162 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
13163 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
13165 \(fn)" t nil)
13167 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
13168 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
13169 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
13170 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
13172 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
13173 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
13174 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
13175 available on the net.
13177 \(fn)" t nil)
13179 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
13180 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
13181 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
13183 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
13184 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
13186 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
13187 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
13189 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13191 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
13192 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
13193 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
13194 Don't check included messages.
13196 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
13197 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
13198 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
13200 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
13201 in your .emacs file:
13202 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
13203 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
13204 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
13205 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
13207 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
13208 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
13209 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
13211 \(fn)" t nil)
13213 ;;;***
13215 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
13216 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
13217 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (16111 31861))
13218 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
13220 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
13221 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
13222 Return the name of a buffer selected.
13223 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
13224 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
13225 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
13227 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
13229 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
13230 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
13231 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
13232 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13234 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'.
13236 \(fn)" t nil)
13238 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
13239 Switch to another buffer.
13241 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
13242 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
13243 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13244 in another frame.
13245 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13247 \(fn)" t nil)
13249 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
13250 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13251 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13252 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13254 \(fn)" t nil)
13256 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
13257 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13258 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13259 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13261 \(fn)" t nil)
13263 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
13264 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13265 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13266 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13268 \(fn)" t nil)
13270 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
13271 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
13272 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13273 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13274 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
13276 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
13278 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
13279 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
13280 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
13281 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
13282 `iswitchb' for details.
13284 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13286 ;;;***
13288 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
13289 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
13290 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
13291 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (16005 1612))
13292 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
13294 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
13295 Not documented
13297 \(fn)" nil nil)
13299 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
13300 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
13301 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13302 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13303 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
13304 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
13305 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
13306 necessary to represent OBJ.
13308 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
13310 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
13311 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
13312 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13313 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13315 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
13317 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
13318 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
13319 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13320 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13321 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
13323 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
13325 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
13326 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
13327 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13328 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13330 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
13332 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
13333 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
13334 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
13335 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13337 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
13339 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
13340 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
13342 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13344 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
13345 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
13346 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
13347 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13348 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
13350 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
13352 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
13353 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
13354 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
13355 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13356 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
13358 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
13360 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
13361 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
13362 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
13364 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
13366 ;;;***
13368 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (15935
13369 ;;;;;; 42156))
13370 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
13372 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
13373 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
13374 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
13375 that needs to be (re)fontified.
13376 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful.
13378 \(fn FUN &optional CONTEXTUAL)" nil nil)
13380 ;;;***
13382 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
13383 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (16111 31861))
13384 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
13386 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
13387 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled.
13388 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13389 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13390 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
13392 (custom-autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr")
13394 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
13395 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
13396 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
13397 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on).
13399 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13401 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
13402 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled.
13404 \(fn &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13406 ;;;***
13408 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
13409 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
13410 ;;;;;; (15935 47202))
13411 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
13413 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
13414 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13415 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13416 decimal key must be specified.")
13418 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad")
13420 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
13421 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
13422 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13423 decimal key must be specified.")
13425 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad")
13427 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
13428 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13429 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13430 decimal key must be specified.")
13432 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad")
13434 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
13435 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13436 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13437 decimal key must be specified.")
13439 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad")
13441 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
13442 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
13443 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
13444 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
13445 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
13446 keys are bound.
13448 Setup Binding
13449 -------------------------------------------------------------
13450 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
13451 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
13452 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
13453 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
13454 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
13455 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
13456 in the global and local keymaps.
13458 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
13459 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
13461 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
13463 ;;;***
13465 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
13466 ;;;;;; (15935 48018))
13467 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
13469 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
13470 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
13471 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
13473 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
13474 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
13475 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
13476 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
13477 shorter.
13479 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
13480 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
13481 the context of text formatting.
13483 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
13485 ;;;***
13487 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (15935
13488 ;;;;;; 48018))
13489 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
13491 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
13492 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
13493 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
13494 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
13495 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
13496 positions that contains the current selection.")
13498 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
13499 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
13500 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
13501 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
13502 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
13503 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
13504 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
13506 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13508 ;;;***
13510 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
13511 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
13512 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
13513 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (16012 48473))
13514 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
13515 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
13516 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
13517 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
13518 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
13519 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
13520 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
13521 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
13523 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
13524 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
13525 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
13526 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
13527 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
13528 Use \\[name-last-kbd-macro] to give it a permanent name.
13529 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined;
13531 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
13532 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
13533 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
13535 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
13536 defining the macro.
13538 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
13539 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
13540 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
13542 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13544 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
13545 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
13546 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
13547 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
13548 or it can be given a name with \\[name-last-kbd-macro] and then invoked
13549 under that name.
13551 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
13552 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
13553 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
13555 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13557 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13558 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
13559 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
13561 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
13562 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
13563 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
13564 for details on how to adjust or disable this behaviour.
13566 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
13567 others, use M-x name-last-kbd-macro.
13569 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
13571 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
13572 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
13573 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
13575 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
13576 macro.
13578 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
13579 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
13581 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
13582 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
13583 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
13585 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
13586 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
13588 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13590 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13591 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
13592 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
13593 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
13595 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
13597 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13598 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
13599 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
13600 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
13602 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
13603 even after defining other macros, use \\[name-last-kbd-macro].
13605 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
13607 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
13608 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
13609 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
13611 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13613 ;;;***
13615 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
13616 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (15185 62673))
13617 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
13619 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
13620 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
13621 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
13623 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
13624 Not documented
13626 \(fn)" nil nil)
13628 ;;;***
13630 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
13631 ;;;;;; (15905 54531))
13632 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
13634 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
13636 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
13637 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
13639 \(fn)" t nil)
13641 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
13643 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
13644 Start or resume an Lm game.
13645 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
13646 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
13648 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
13649 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
13650 none / 1 | yes | no
13651 2 | yes | yes
13652 3 | no | yes
13653 4 | no | no
13655 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
13656 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
13657 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
13659 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
13661 ;;;***
13663 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
13664 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
13665 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (15935
13666 ;;;;;; 48150))
13667 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
13669 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
13670 Not documented
13672 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
13674 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
13675 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
13676 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
13677 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
13678 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
13679 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
13681 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
13682 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
13684 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
13686 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
13687 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
13689 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
13691 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
13692 Not documented
13694 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
13696 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
13697 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
13698 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
13699 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
13700 to compose.
13702 The return value is number of composed characters.
13704 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
13706 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
13707 Not documented
13709 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13711 ;;;***
13713 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
13714 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (15985 3489))
13715 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
13717 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
13718 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
13719 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
13720 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
13721 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
13722 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
13723 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
13724 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
13726 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
13727 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
13729 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13730 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
13732 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp")
13734 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
13735 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
13736 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
13737 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
13738 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
13739 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
13740 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
13741 a Unicode font with which to display them.
13743 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
13745 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
13746 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
13747 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display is't
13748 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
13750 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13751 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
13753 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp")
13755 ;;;***
13757 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
13758 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (15935 42241))
13759 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
13761 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
13762 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
13763 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
13764 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
13766 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
13768 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
13769 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
13770 JIT Lock's favor.
13772 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
13774 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
13775 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
13776 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
13777 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
13778 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
13779 for large buffers.
13781 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
13782 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
13783 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
13784 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
13785 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
13787 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
13788 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
13789 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
13790 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
13791 slow to keep up with your typing.
13793 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
13794 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
13795 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
13796 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
13797 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
13798 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
13800 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
13801 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
13802 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
13803 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
13805 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
13806 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
13807 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
13808 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
13810 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
13811 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
13812 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
13813 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
13814 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
13816 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13818 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
13819 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
13821 \(fn)" nil nil)
13823 ;;;***
13825 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
13826 ;;;;;; (15185 49574))
13827 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
13829 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
13830 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
13832 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
13833 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
13835 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
13836 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
13838 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
13839 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
13840 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
13841 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
13842 for later transmission to Lisp job.
13843 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
13844 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
13845 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
13846 and transmit saved text.
13847 \\{ledit-mode-map}
13848 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
13849 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
13851 \(fn)" t nil)
13853 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
13854 Not documented
13856 \(fn)" nil nil)
13858 ;;;***
13860 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (15935 48681))
13861 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
13863 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
13864 Run Conway's Life simulation.
13865 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
13866 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
13867 generations (this defaults to 1).
13869 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
13871 ;;;***
13873 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (15766
13874 ;;;;;; 29876))
13875 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
13877 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
13878 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
13879 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
13880 is nil, raise an error.
13882 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
13884 ;;;***
13886 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
13887 ;;;;;; (15935 42259))
13888 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
13890 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
13891 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
13892 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run.
13894 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
13896 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
13897 Run the locate command with a filter.
13899 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
13900 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search.
13902 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
13904 ;;;***
13906 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (16111 31861))
13907 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
13909 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
13910 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
13911 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
13912 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
13913 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
13914 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
13915 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
13916 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
13917 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
13918 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
13919 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
13920 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
13921 uses the current buffer.
13923 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
13925 ;;;***
13927 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (16060
13928 ;;;;;; 11649))
13929 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
13931 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
13932 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
13934 \(fn)" t nil)
13936 ;;;***
13938 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
13939 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (15935
13940 ;;;;;; 42324))
13941 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
13943 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
13945 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
13947 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
13948 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
13949 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
13951 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
13952 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
13954 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
13955 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
13956 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
13957 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
13958 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
13959 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
13960 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
13962 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr")
13964 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
13965 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
13966 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
13967 switch on this list.
13968 See `lpr-command'.")
13970 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr")
13972 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
13973 *Name of program for printing a file.
13975 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
13976 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
13977 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
13978 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
13979 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
13980 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
13981 argument.")
13983 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr")
13985 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
13986 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
13987 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
13988 for customization of the printer command.
13990 \(fn)" t nil)
13992 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
13993 Paginate and print buffer contents.
13995 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
13996 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
13997 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
13998 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
14000 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
14001 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
14003 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
14004 for further customization of the printer command.
14006 \(fn)" t nil)
14008 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
14009 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
14010 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
14011 for customization of the printer command.
14013 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14015 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
14016 Paginate and print the region contents.
14018 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
14019 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
14020 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
14021 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
14023 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
14024 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
14026 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
14027 for further customization of the printer command.
14029 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14031 ;;;***
14033 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
14034 ;;;;;; (16066 27775))
14035 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
14037 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
14038 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
14039 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
14041 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp")
14043 ;;;***
14045 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (15935
14046 ;;;;;; 46813))
14047 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
14049 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
14050 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
14051 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
14053 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
14055 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14057 ;;;***
14059 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (15935
14060 ;;;;;; 48915))
14061 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
14063 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
14064 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
14065 \\{m4-mode-map}
14067 \(fn)" t nil)
14069 ;;;***
14071 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
14072 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (15935 42395))
14073 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
14075 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
14076 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
14077 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
14078 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
14079 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
14081 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
14083 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
14084 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
14085 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
14086 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
14088 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
14089 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
14090 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
14091 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
14092 bindings.
14094 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
14095 use this command, and then save the file.
14097 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
14099 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
14100 Query user during kbd macro execution.
14101 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
14102 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
14103 each time the macro executes.
14104 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
14105 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
14106 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
14107 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
14108 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
14109 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
14110 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
14112 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
14114 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
14115 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
14116 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
14118 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
14119 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
14120 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
14121 execute.
14123 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
14124 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
14126 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
14127 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
14128 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
14129 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
14130 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
14132 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
14133 looked like this:
14135 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
14136 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
14137 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
14139 You could enter the names in this format:
14145 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
14147 \\C-x (
14148 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
14149 \\C-x )
14151 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
14152 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
14154 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
14155 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
14157 ;;;***
14159 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
14160 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (16071 64205))
14161 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
14163 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
14164 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
14165 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
14166 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
14167 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names'.
14169 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
14170 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
14171 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
14172 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
14173 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
14175 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
14176 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
14177 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
14178 consing a string.)
14180 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
14182 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
14183 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
14185 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
14187 ;;;***
14189 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
14190 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
14191 ;;;;;; (15935 48280))
14192 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
14194 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
14195 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
14197 \(fn)" nil nil)
14199 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
14200 Not documented
14202 \(fn)" nil nil)
14204 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
14205 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
14207 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist")
14209 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
14210 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
14211 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
14212 message.
14214 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
14216 \(fn)" nil nil)
14218 ;;;***
14220 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
14221 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
14222 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (15935
14223 ;;;;;; 48280))
14224 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
14226 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
14227 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
14228 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
14229 often correct parser.")
14231 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils")
14233 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
14234 Not documented
14236 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14238 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
14239 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
14240 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
14241 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
14243 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
14245 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
14246 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
14247 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
14248 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
14250 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
14252 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
14253 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
14254 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
14255 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
14257 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
14259 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
14260 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
14261 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
14262 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
14263 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
14264 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
14266 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
14268 ;;;***
14270 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
14271 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (15905 54449))
14272 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
14274 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
14275 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
14277 \(fn)" nil nil)
14279 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
14280 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
14281 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
14283 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
14285 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
14286 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
14287 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
14289 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
14291 ;;;***
14293 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
14294 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (16055
14295 ;;;;;; 62806))
14296 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
14298 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
14299 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
14300 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
14301 king@grassland.com
14302 If `parens', they look like:
14303 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14304 If `angles', they look like:
14305 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
14307 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias")
14309 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
14310 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
14311 If interactive, expand in header fields.
14312 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
14313 their `Resent-' variants.
14315 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
14316 removed from alias expansions.
14318 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
14320 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
14321 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
14322 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
14324 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
14325 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
14326 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
14327 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
14329 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
14331 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
14332 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
14333 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
14334 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
14336 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14338 ;;;***
14340 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
14341 ;;;;;; (15992 60888))
14342 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
14344 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
14345 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
14346 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
14348 \\{makefile-mode-map}
14350 In the browser, use the following keys:
14352 \\{makefile-browser-map}
14354 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
14356 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
14357 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
14359 `makefile-target-colon':
14360 The string that gets appended to all target names
14361 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
14362 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
14364 `makefile-macro-assign':
14365 The string that gets appended to all macro names
14366 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
14367 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
14368 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
14369 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
14370 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
14372 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
14373 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
14374 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
14376 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
14377 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
14379 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
14380 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
14381 up or down in the browser.
14383 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
14384 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
14386 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
14387 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
14389 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
14390 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
14391 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
14392 has been selected in the browser.
14394 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
14395 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
14396 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
14397 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
14398 filenames are omitted.
14400 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
14401 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
14402 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
14403 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
14404 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
14405 the backslash itself intact.
14406 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
14407 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
14409 `makefile-browser-hook':
14410 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
14411 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
14413 `makefile-special-targets-list':
14414 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
14415 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
14416 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
14418 \(fn)" t nil)
14420 ;;;***
14422 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
14423 ;;;;;; 28917))
14424 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
14426 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
14427 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
14428 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
14430 \(fn)" t nil)
14432 ;;;***
14434 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (16111 31861))
14435 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
14437 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
14439 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
14440 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
14441 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
14442 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
14443 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
14444 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
14445 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
14447 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
14448 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
14449 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
14450 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
14452 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
14454 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
14455 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
14457 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
14459 ;;;***
14461 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (15935 42463))
14462 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
14464 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
14465 Toggle Master mode.
14466 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
14467 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
14468 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
14470 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
14471 following commands:
14473 \\{master-mode-map}
14475 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
14476 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
14477 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
14479 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14481 ;;;***
14483 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (16111
14484 ;;;;;; 31862))
14485 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
14487 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
14489 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
14490 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
14491 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14492 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14493 use either \\[customize] or the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
14495 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar")
14497 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
14498 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
14499 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
14500 created in the future.
14501 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
14502 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
14504 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14506 ;;;***
14508 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
14509 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
14510 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
14511 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
14512 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
14513 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
14514 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
14515 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
14516 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
14517 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (16061 817))
14518 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
14520 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
14521 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
14523 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
14524 king@grassland.com
14525 If `parens', they look like:
14526 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14527 If `angles', they look like:
14528 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
14530 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
14531 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
14533 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message")
14535 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
14536 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
14538 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message")
14540 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
14541 *Local news organization file.")
14543 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message")
14545 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
14546 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
14547 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
14548 variable `mail-header-separator'.
14550 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
14551 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
14552 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
14554 See also `send-mail-function'.")
14556 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message")
14558 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
14559 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
14561 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message")
14563 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
14564 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
14566 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message")
14568 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
14569 *Function for citing an original message.
14570 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
14571 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
14572 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
14574 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message")
14576 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
14577 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
14578 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
14579 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
14580 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
14582 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message")
14584 (defvar message-signature t "\
14585 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
14586 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
14587 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
14588 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
14590 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message")
14592 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
14593 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
14594 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
14595 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
14597 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message")
14599 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
14601 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
14602 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
14603 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
14604 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
14605 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
14606 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
14607 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
14608 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
14609 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
14610 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
14611 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
14612 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
14613 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
14614 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
14615 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
14616 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
14617 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
14618 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
14619 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
14620 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
14621 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
14622 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
14623 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
14624 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
14625 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
14627 \(fn)" t nil)
14629 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
14630 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
14631 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
14633 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
14635 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
14636 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14638 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14640 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
14641 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
14643 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
14645 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
14646 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
14648 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
14650 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
14651 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
14652 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
14654 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
14656 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
14657 Cancel an article you posted.
14658 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
14660 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14662 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
14663 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
14664 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
14665 header line with the old Message-ID.
14667 \(fn)" t nil)
14669 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
14670 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
14672 \(fn)" t nil)
14674 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
14675 Forward the current message via mail.
14676 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
14677 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
14679 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
14681 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
14682 Not documented
14684 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
14686 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
14687 Not documented
14689 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
14691 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
14692 Let RMAIL uses message to forward.
14694 \(fn)" t nil)
14696 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
14697 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
14699 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
14701 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
14702 Re-mail the current message.
14703 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
14704 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
14705 you.
14707 \(fn)" t nil)
14709 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
14710 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
14712 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
14714 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
14715 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
14717 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
14719 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
14720 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14722 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14724 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
14725 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14727 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14729 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
14730 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
14731 Works by overstriking characters.
14732 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14733 which specify the range to operate on.
14735 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14737 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
14738 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
14739 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14740 which specify the range to operate on.
14742 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14744 ;;;***
14746 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
14747 ;;;;;; (15945 27155))
14748 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
14750 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
14751 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
14752 Special commands:
14753 \\{meta-mode-map}
14755 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
14756 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
14758 \(fn)" t nil)
14760 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
14761 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
14762 Special commands:
14763 \\{meta-mode-map}
14765 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
14766 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
14768 \(fn)" t nil)
14770 ;;;***
14772 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
14773 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
14774 ;;;;;; (15935 48280))
14775 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
14777 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
14778 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
14779 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
14781 \(fn)" t nil)
14783 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
14784 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
14785 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14786 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14787 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14788 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14789 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
14791 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14793 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
14794 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
14795 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14796 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14797 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
14798 means current).
14799 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14800 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14802 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14804 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
14805 Process current region through 'metamail'.
14806 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14807 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14808 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
14809 means current).
14810 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14811 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14813 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14815 ;;;***
14817 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-user-agent-compose
14818 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (16040
14819 ;;;;;; 52480))
14820 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
14822 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
14823 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
14824 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14825 to the MH mail system.
14827 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail.
14829 \(fn)" t nil)
14831 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
14832 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
14833 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14834 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
14835 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
14836 that want to create a mail buffer.
14837 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail.
14838 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO, SUBJECT, and
14839 OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
14841 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
14843 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
14844 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
14845 This is `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E.
14847 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
14848 initial Subject field, respectively.
14850 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional
14851 header fields. Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both
14852 HEADER and VALUE are strings.
14854 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are ignored.
14856 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
14858 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
14859 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
14860 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14861 to the MH mail system.
14863 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail.
14865 \(fn)" t nil)
14867 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
14868 Mode for composing letters in MH-E.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
14870 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
14871 using the MH mail handling system.
14873 There are two types of MIME directives used by MH-E: Gnus and MH. The option
14874 `mh-compose-insertion' controls what type of directives are inserted by MH-E
14875 commands. These directives can be converted to MIME body parts by running
14876 \\[mh-edit-mhn] for mhn directives or \\[mh-mml-to-mime] for Gnus directives.
14877 This step is mandatory if these directives are added manually. If the
14878 directives are inserted with MH-E commands such as \\[mh-compose-insertion],
14879 the directives are expanded automatically when the letter is sent.
14881 Options that control this mode can be changed with
14882 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh-compose\" group.
14884 When a message is composed, the hooks `text-mode-hook' and
14885 `mh-letter-mode-hook' are run.
14887 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}" t nil)
14888 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/drafts/[0-9]+\\'" . mh-letter-mode))
14890 ;;;***
14892 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el"
14893 ;;;;;; (16042 6118))
14894 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
14896 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
14897 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH.
14898 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
14899 the Emacs front end to the MH mail system.
14901 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14903 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-e" "\
14904 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
14905 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
14906 the Emacs front end to the MH mail system.
14908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14910 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
14911 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
14913 \(fn)" t nil)
14915 ;;;***
14917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" (16040 52480))
14918 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-utils.el
14920 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14922 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14924 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14926 (put (quote mh-nmh-flag) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14928 ;;;***
14930 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
14931 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (15185 62672))
14932 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
14934 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
14935 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
14936 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
14937 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
14938 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
14939 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
14940 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
14941 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
14942 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
14943 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
14944 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
14946 \(fn)" t nil)
14948 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
14949 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
14950 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
14951 to its second argument TM.
14953 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
14955 ;;;***
14957 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
14958 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (15935 43116))
14959 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
14961 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
14962 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
14963 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14964 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14965 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
14967 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
14969 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
14970 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
14971 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
14972 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
14973 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
14974 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
14975 default indication.
14977 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14978 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14980 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14982 ;;;***
14984 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
14985 ;;;;;; (16110 13979))
14986 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
14988 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
14989 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
14990 \\{mixal-mode-map}
14992 \(fn)" t nil)
14994 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
14996 ;;;***
14998 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-compose-region)
14999 ;;;;;; "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el" (15962 53815))
15000 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
15002 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
15003 Not documented
15005 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15007 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
15008 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
15009 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
15010 PATTERN regexp.
15012 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
15014 ;;;***
15016 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
15017 ;;;;;; (15935 47838))
15018 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
15020 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
15021 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
15022 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
15023 the entire message.
15024 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
15026 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
15028 ;;;***
15030 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-test mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el"
15031 ;;;;;; (15948 48664))
15032 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
15034 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
15035 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
15037 \(fn)" nil nil)
15039 (autoload (quote mm-uu-test) "mm-uu" "\
15040 Check whether the current buffer contains uu stuff.
15042 \(fn)" nil nil)
15044 ;;;***
15046 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
15047 ;;;;;; (15935 48915))
15048 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
15050 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
15051 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
15052 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
15053 followed by the first character of the construct.
15054 \\<m2-mode-map>
15055 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
15056 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
15057 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
15058 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
15059 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
15060 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
15061 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
15062 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
15063 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
15064 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
15065 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
15066 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
15067 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
15068 \\[m2-link] link
15070 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
15071 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
15072 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
15074 \(fn)" t nil)
15076 ;;;***
15078 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
15079 ;;;;;; (15837 12655))
15080 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
15082 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
15083 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
15085 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
15087 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
15088 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
15090 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
15092 ;;;***
15094 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (15954
15095 ;;;;;; 4515))
15096 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
15098 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
15099 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
15100 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15101 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15102 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
15104 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel")
15106 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
15107 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
15108 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
15109 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
15111 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
15113 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
15115 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
15117 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
15118 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
15119 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
15120 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
15121 Triple-clicking selects lines.
15122 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
15124 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
15125 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
15126 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
15127 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
15128 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
15130 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
15131 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
15133 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
15134 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
15136 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
15138 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
15139 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
15140 primary selection and region.
15142 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15144 ;;;***
15146 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (16055 62620))
15147 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
15149 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
15150 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
15152 \(fn)" t nil)
15154 ;;;***
15156 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (15935 43170))
15157 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
15159 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
15160 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
15161 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15162 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15163 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
15165 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
15167 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
15168 Toggle Msb mode.
15169 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
15170 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
15171 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
15173 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15175 ;;;***
15177 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
15178 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
15179 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
15180 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
15181 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
15182 ;;;;;; (16019 26894))
15183 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
15185 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
15186 Display a list of all character sets.
15188 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
15189 internal Emacs use.
15191 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
15192 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
15193 hexadecimal digits.
15194 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
15195 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
15197 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
15198 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
15199 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
15200 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
15202 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
15203 but still shows the full information.
15205 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15207 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
15208 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15209 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
15210 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
15211 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
15213 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
15214 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
15215 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
15216 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
15217 detailed meanings of these arguments.
15219 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15221 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
15222 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
15223 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
15224 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
15225 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
15227 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
15229 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
15230 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
15232 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
15234 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
15235 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
15237 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
15239 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
15240 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
15242 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
15243 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
15244 in place of `..':
15245 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
15246 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
15247 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
15248 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
15249 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
15250 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
15251 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
15252 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
15253 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
15254 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
15255 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
15256 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
15257 `default-process-coding-system' for read
15258 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
15259 `default-process-coding-system' for write
15260 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
15262 \(fn)" t nil)
15264 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
15265 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
15267 \(fn)" t nil)
15269 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
15270 Display a list of all coding systems.
15271 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
15273 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
15274 but still contains full information about each coding system.
15276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15278 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
15279 Display a list of all coding categories.
15281 \(fn)" nil nil)
15283 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
15284 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME.
15286 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
15288 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
15289 Display information about FONTSET.
15290 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
15292 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
15294 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
15295 Display a list of all fontsets.
15296 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
15297 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
15298 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
15300 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15302 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
15303 Display information about all input methods.
15305 \(fn)" t nil)
15307 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
15308 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
15310 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
15311 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
15312 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
15313 system which uses fontsets).
15315 \(fn)" t nil)
15317 ;;;***
15319 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
15320 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
15321 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
15322 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
15323 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
15324 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (15815 41144))
15325 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
15327 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
15328 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
15329 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
15331 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
15333 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "21.4")
15335 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
15336 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
15338 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
15339 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
15341 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
15342 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
15344 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
15346 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
15347 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
15348 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
15349 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
15350 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
15351 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
15352 buffer; see also `char-width'.
15354 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
15355 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
15356 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
15357 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
15358 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
15359 middle of a character in STR.
15361 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
15362 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
15364 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
15365 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
15366 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
15367 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
15368 defaults to \"...\".
15370 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
15372 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
15374 (make-obsolete (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width) "20.1")
15376 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
15377 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
15379 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
15380 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
15381 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
15383 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
15384 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
15385 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
15387 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
15388 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
15389 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
15390 is considered.
15391 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
15392 longer than KEYSEQ.
15393 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
15395 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
15397 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
15398 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
15399 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
15400 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
15401 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
15402 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
15403 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
15404 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
15405 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
15406 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
15407 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
15409 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
15411 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
15412 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
15414 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15416 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
15417 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
15419 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15421 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
15422 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
15424 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15426 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
15427 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
15429 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15431 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
15432 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
15433 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
15434 or one is an alias of the other.
15436 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM-1 CODING-SYSTEM-2)" nil nil)
15438 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
15439 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
15440 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
15441 coding systems ordered by priority.
15443 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
15445 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
15446 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
15447 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
15448 language environment LANG-ENV.
15450 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
15452 ;;;***
15454 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
15455 ;;;;;; (16111 31862))
15456 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
15458 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
15459 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
15460 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15461 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15462 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
15464 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
15466 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
15467 Toggle mouse wheel support.
15468 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15469 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15471 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15473 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
15474 Enable mouse wheel support.
15476 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
15478 ;;;***
15480 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
15481 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig dns-lookup-host
15482 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
15483 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (15997 47200))
15484 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
15486 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
15487 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
15489 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
15491 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
15492 Ping HOST.
15493 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
15494 `ping-program-options'.
15496 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15498 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
15499 Run ipconfig program.
15501 \(fn)" t nil)
15503 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
15505 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
15506 Run netstat program.
15508 \(fn)" t nil)
15510 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
15511 Run the arp program.
15513 \(fn)" t nil)
15515 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
15516 Run the route program.
15518 \(fn)" t nil)
15520 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
15521 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
15523 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15525 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
15526 Run nslookup program.
15528 \(fn)" t nil)
15530 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
15531 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
15533 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15535 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
15536 Run dig program.
15538 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15540 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
15541 Run ftp program.
15543 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15545 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
15546 Finger USER on HOST.
15548 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
15550 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
15551 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
15552 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
15553 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
15555 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
15557 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
15558 Not documented
15560 \(fn)" t nil)
15562 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
15563 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
15565 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
15567 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
15568 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
15570 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
15572 ;;;***
15574 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region
15575 ;;;;;; comment-region uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column
15576 ;;;;;; comment-indent comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars
15577 ;;;;;; comment-multi-line comment-padding comment-style comment-column)
15578 ;;;;;; "newcomment" "newcomment.el" (16111 31862))
15579 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
15581 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
15583 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
15585 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
15587 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
15589 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
15590 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
15591 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
15592 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
15593 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
15594 Major modes should set this variable.")
15596 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
15597 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
15598 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
15599 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
15600 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
15601 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
15603 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment")
15605 (defvar comment-start nil "\
15606 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
15608 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
15609 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
15610 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
15611 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
15613 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
15614 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
15616 (defvar comment-end "" "\
15617 *String to insert to end a new comment.
15618 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
15620 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
15621 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
15622 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
15623 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
15624 column indentation or nil.
15625 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
15627 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
15628 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
15629 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
15631 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment")
15633 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
15634 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
15635 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
15636 of the corresponding number of spaces.
15638 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
15639 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
15641 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment")
15643 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
15644 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
15645 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
15647 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment")
15649 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
15650 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
15651 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
15652 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
15653 the variables are properly set.
15655 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
15657 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
15658 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
15660 \(fn)" nil nil)
15662 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
15663 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
15664 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
15666 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
15668 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
15669 Set the comment column based on point.
15670 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
15671 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
15672 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
15673 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
15675 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15677 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
15678 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
15679 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
15681 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15683 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
15684 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
15685 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
15686 comment markers.
15688 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15690 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
15691 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
15692 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
15693 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
15694 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
15695 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
15696 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
15697 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
15699 The strings used as comment starts are built from
15700 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
15702 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15704 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
15705 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
15706 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
15707 is passed on to the respective function.
15709 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15711 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
15712 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
15713 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
15714 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
15715 case it calls `uncomment-region').
15716 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
15717 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
15718 Else, call `comment-indent'.
15720 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15722 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
15723 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
15724 This indents the body of the continued comment
15725 under the previous comment line.
15727 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
15728 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
15729 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
15731 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
15732 or comment indentation.
15734 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
15735 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
15737 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
15739 ;;;***
15741 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (15935
15742 ;;;;;; 47838))
15743 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
15745 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
15746 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
15747 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
15748 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
15749 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
15750 symbol in the alist.
15752 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
15754 ;;;***
15756 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
15757 ;;;;;; (15967 26059))
15758 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
15760 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
15761 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
15762 This command does not work if you use short group names.
15764 \(fn)" t nil)
15766 ;;;***
15768 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
15769 ;;;;;; (15935 47838))
15770 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
15772 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
15773 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
15774 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
15776 \(fn)" t nil)
15778 ;;;***
15780 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
15781 ;;;;;; (15935 47838))
15782 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
15784 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
15785 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
15787 \(fn)" t nil)
15789 ;;;***
15791 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
15792 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (15935 47838))
15793 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
15795 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
15796 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
15798 \(fn)" t nil)
15800 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
15801 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
15803 \(fn)" t nil)
15805 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
15806 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
15808 \(fn)" t nil)
15810 ;;;***
15812 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
15813 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (15513 5696))
15814 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
15816 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
15817 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
15818 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
15820 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" "\
15821 Not documented
15823 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
15825 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
15826 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
15827 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
15828 to future sessions.
15830 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15832 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
15833 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
15834 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
15835 to future sessions.
15837 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15839 ;;;***
15841 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
15842 ;;;;;; (15893 60640))
15843 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
15845 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
15846 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
15847 \\{nroff-mode-map}
15848 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
15849 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
15850 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
15852 ;;;***
15854 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
15855 ;;;;;; (15935 48915))
15856 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
15858 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
15859 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
15860 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
15861 specified by `octave-help-files'.
15862 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
15864 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15866 ;;;***
15868 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
15869 ;;;;;; (15935 48915))
15870 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
15872 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
15873 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
15874 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
15876 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
15878 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
15879 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
15881 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
15882 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
15883 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
15885 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15887 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
15889 ;;;***
15891 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
15892 ;;;;;; (15935 48915))
15893 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
15895 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
15896 Major mode for editing Octave code.
15898 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
15899 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
15900 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
15901 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
15903 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
15904 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
15905 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
15906 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
15907 is why you need this mode!).
15909 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
15910 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
15911 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
15913 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
15915 Keybindings
15916 ===========
15918 \\{octave-mode-map}
15920 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
15921 ==============================================
15923 octave-auto-indent
15924 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
15925 Default is nil.
15927 octave-auto-newline
15928 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
15929 Default is nil.
15931 octave-blink-matching-block
15932 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
15933 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
15935 octave-block-offset
15936 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
15937 Default is 2.
15939 octave-continuation-offset
15940 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
15941 Default is 4.
15943 octave-continuation-string
15944 String used for Octave continuation lines.
15945 Default is a backslash.
15947 octave-mode-startup-message
15948 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
15949 Default is t.
15951 octave-send-echo-input
15952 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
15953 command to the inferior Octave process.
15955 octave-send-line-auto-forward
15956 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
15957 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
15959 octave-send-echo-input
15960 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
15962 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
15964 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
15965 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
15967 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
15968 (setq auto-mode-alist
15969 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
15971 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
15972 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
15974 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
15975 (lambda ()
15976 (abbrev-mode 1)
15977 (auto-fill-mode 1)
15978 (if (eq window-system 'x)
15979 (font-lock-mode 1))))
15981 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
15982 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
15983 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
15984 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
15986 \(fn)" t nil)
15988 ;;;***
15990 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
15991 ;;;;;; (16087 59373))
15992 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
15994 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
15995 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
15996 It is now better to use Customize instead.
15998 \(fn)" t nil)
16000 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
16001 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
16002 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
16003 in which there are commands to set the option values.
16004 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
16006 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
16008 \(fn)" t nil)
16010 ;;;***
16012 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
16013 ;;;;;; (16087 59778))
16014 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
16016 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
16017 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
16018 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
16019 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
16021 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
16022 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
16023 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
16024 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
16026 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
16027 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
16028 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
16029 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
16030 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
16031 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
16033 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
16034 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
16035 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
16037 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
16038 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
16039 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
16040 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
16041 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
16042 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
16043 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
16044 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
16045 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
16046 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
16047 The subheadings remain visible.
16048 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
16050 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
16051 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
16052 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
16054 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
16055 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
16057 \(fn)" t nil)
16059 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
16060 Toggle Outline minor mode.
16061 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
16062 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
16064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16066 ;;;***
16068 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (15935 43375))
16069 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
16071 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
16072 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
16073 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16074 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16075 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
16077 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren")
16079 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
16080 Toggle Show Paren mode.
16081 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
16082 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
16084 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
16085 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
16087 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16089 ;;;***
16091 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (15935
16092 ;;;;;; 48915))
16093 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
16095 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
16096 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
16097 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16099 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
16100 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
16102 Other useful functions are:
16104 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
16105 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
16106 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
16107 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
16108 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
16109 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
16110 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
16111 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
16112 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
16114 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
16116 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
16117 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
16118 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
16119 Indentation for case statements.
16120 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
16121 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
16122 mark after an end.
16123 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
16124 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
16125 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
16126 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
16127 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16128 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
16129 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
16130 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
16131 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
16132 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
16134 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
16135 pascal-separator-keywords.
16137 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
16138 no args, if that value is non-nil.
16140 \(fn)" t nil)
16142 ;;;***
16144 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
16145 ;;;;;; (15214 27238))
16146 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
16148 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
16149 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
16150 The keys affected are:
16151 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
16152 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
16153 M-Backspace does undo.
16154 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
16155 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
16156 C-Escape does list-buffers.
16158 \(fn)" t nil)
16160 ;;;***
16162 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
16163 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (15935 47202))
16164 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
16166 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
16167 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
16168 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16169 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16170 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
16172 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
16174 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
16175 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
16177 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
16179 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
16180 which modify the status of the mark.
16182 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
16183 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
16185 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
16186 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
16188 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
16189 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
16190 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
16191 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
16192 turning `pc-selection-mode' on.
16194 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
16195 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
16197 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
16198 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
16199 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
16201 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
16202 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
16203 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
16205 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
16206 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
16208 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
16209 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
16210 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
16212 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
16213 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
16214 but before calling `pc-selection-mode'):
16216 F6 other-window
16217 DELETE delete-char
16218 C-DELETE kill-line
16219 M-DELETE kill-word
16220 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
16221 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
16222 M-BACKSPACE undo
16224 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16226 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
16227 Toggle PC Selection mode.
16228 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
16229 and cursor movement commands.
16230 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
16231 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
16233 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
16235 ;;;***
16237 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (15644
16238 ;;;;;; 49243))
16239 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
16241 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
16242 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
16244 \(fn)" nil nil)
16246 ;;;***
16248 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
16249 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (15185 62672))
16250 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
16252 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16253 Completion for `gzip'.
16255 \(fn)" nil nil)
16257 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16258 Completion for `bzip2'.
16260 \(fn)" nil nil)
16262 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16263 Completion for GNU `make'.
16265 \(fn)" nil nil)
16267 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16268 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
16270 \(fn)" nil nil)
16272 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
16274 ;;;***
16276 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
16277 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (15185 62672))
16278 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
16280 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16281 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
16283 \(fn)" nil nil)
16285 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16286 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
16288 \(fn)" nil nil)
16290 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16291 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
16293 \(fn)" nil nil)
16295 ;;;***
16297 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (15185
16298 ;;;;;; 62672))
16299 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
16301 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
16302 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
16303 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
16304 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
16305 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
16306 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
16308 \(fn)" nil nil)
16310 ;;;***
16312 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
16313 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
16314 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (15185 62672))
16315 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
16317 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16318 Completion for `cd'.
16320 \(fn)" nil nil)
16322 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
16324 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16325 Completion for `rmdir'.
16327 \(fn)" nil nil)
16329 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16330 Completion for `rm'.
16332 \(fn)" nil nil)
16334 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16335 Completion for `xargs'.
16337 \(fn)" nil nil)
16339 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
16341 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16342 Completion for `which'.
16344 \(fn)" nil nil)
16346 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16347 Completion for the `chown' command.
16349 \(fn)" nil nil)
16351 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16352 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
16354 \(fn)" nil nil)
16356 ;;;***
16358 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
16359 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
16360 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (15930
16361 ;;;;;; 37772))
16362 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
16364 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
16365 Support extensible programmable completion.
16366 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
16367 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
16369 \(fn)" t nil)
16371 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
16372 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
16374 \(fn)" t nil)
16376 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
16377 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
16378 This will modify the current buffer.
16380 \(fn)" t nil)
16382 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
16383 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
16385 \(fn)" t nil)
16387 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
16388 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
16389 This will modify the current buffer.
16391 \(fn)" t nil)
16393 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
16394 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
16396 \(fn)" t nil)
16398 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
16399 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
16401 \(fn)" t nil)
16403 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
16404 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
16405 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
16406 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
16407 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
16409 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
16411 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
16412 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
16414 \(fn)" nil nil)
16416 ;;;***
16418 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
16419 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
16420 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (16078 30454))
16421 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
16423 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
16424 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
16425 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
16426 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16428 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
16430 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS)" t nil)
16432 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
16433 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
16434 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
16435 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16436 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16437 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16438 FLAGS is ignored.
16440 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
16442 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
16443 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
16444 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
16445 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16446 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
16447 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16448 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16449 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16451 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
16453 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
16454 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
16455 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16456 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
16457 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16458 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16459 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
16460 passed to cvs.
16462 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
16464 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
16465 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
16466 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16467 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
16468 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16469 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16470 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16472 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
16474 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
16476 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
16477 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
16478 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
16480 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs")
16482 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
16483 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
16484 nil means never do it.
16485 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
16486 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
16487 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
16489 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs")
16491 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
16492 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
16493 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
16495 ;;;***
16497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (16111 31864))
16498 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
16500 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
16502 ;;;***
16504 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
16505 ;;;;;; (16078 17148))
16506 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
16508 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
16509 Major mode for editing Perl code.
16510 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
16511 Tab indents for Perl code.
16512 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
16513 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
16514 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16515 \\{perl-mode-map}
16516 Variables controlling indentation style:
16517 `perl-tab-always-indent'
16518 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
16519 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16520 `perl-tab-to-comment'
16521 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
16522 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
16523 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
16524 `perl-nochange'
16525 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
16526 `perl-indent-level'
16527 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
16528 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
16529 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
16530 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
16531 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
16532 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
16533 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
16534 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
16535 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
16536 `perl-brace-offset'
16537 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
16538 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
16539 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
16540 this far to the right of the start of its line.
16541 `perl-label-offset'
16542 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
16543 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
16544 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
16546 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
16547 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
16548 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
16549 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
16550 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
16551 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
16552 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
16554 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
16556 \(fn)" t nil)
16558 ;;;***
16560 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
16561 ;;;;;; (15905 54616))
16562 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
16564 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
16565 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
16566 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
16567 afterwards settable by these commands:
16568 C-c < Move left after insertion.
16569 C-c > Move right after insertion.
16570 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
16571 C-c . Move down after insertion.
16572 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
16573 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
16574 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
16575 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
16576 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
16577 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
16578 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
16579 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
16580 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
16581 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
16582 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
16583 with these commands:
16584 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
16585 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
16586 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
16587 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
16588 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
16589 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
16590 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
16591 Return Move to beginning of next line.
16592 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
16593 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
16594 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
16595 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
16596 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
16597 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
16598 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
16599 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
16600 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
16601 You can manipulate text with these commands:
16602 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
16603 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
16604 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
16605 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
16606 text is saved in the kill ring.
16607 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
16608 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
16609 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
16610 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
16611 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
16612 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
16613 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
16614 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
16615 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
16616 commands if invoked soon enough.
16617 You can return to the previous mode with:
16618 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
16619 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
16621 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
16623 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
16624 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
16626 \(fn)" t nil)
16628 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
16630 ;;;***
16632 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
16633 ;;;;;; (15808 14185))
16634 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
16636 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
16637 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
16638 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
16640 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16642 ;;;***
16644 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (15935 48681))
16645 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
16647 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
16648 Play pong and waste time.
16649 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
16650 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
16652 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
16654 \\{pong-mode-map}
16656 \(fn)" t nil)
16658 ;;;***
16660 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-to-string)
16661 ;;;;;; "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (15935 47054))
16662 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
16664 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
16665 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
16666 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
16667 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
16669 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
16671 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
16672 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
16673 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
16674 can handle, whenever this is possible.
16675 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
16677 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
16679 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
16680 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
16681 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
16682 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
16683 in the variable `values'.
16685 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
16687 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
16688 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
16689 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
16690 Ignores leading comment characters.
16692 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16694 ;;;***
16696 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
16697 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
16698 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
16699 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
16700 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
16701 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
16702 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
16703 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
16704 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
16705 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
16706 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
16707 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
16708 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
16709 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
16710 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
16711 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
16712 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
16713 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
16714 ;;;;;; (15971 46342))
16715 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
16717 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
16718 Activate the printing interface buffer.
16720 If BUFFER is nil, it uses the current buffer for printing.
16722 For more informations, type \\[pr-interface-help].
16724 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16726 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
16727 Preview directory using ghostview.
16729 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16730 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16731 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16732 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16734 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16735 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16736 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16737 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16738 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16739 file name.
16741 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16743 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16745 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16746 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
16748 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16749 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16750 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16751 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16753 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16754 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16755 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16756 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16757 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16758 file name.
16760 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16762 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16764 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
16765 Print directory using PostScript printer.
16767 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16768 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16769 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16770 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16772 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16773 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16774 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16775 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16776 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16777 file name.
16779 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16781 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16783 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
16784 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
16786 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
16788 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16789 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16790 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16791 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16793 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16794 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16795 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16796 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16797 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16798 file name.
16800 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16802 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16804 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
16805 Preview buffer using ghostview.
16807 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16808 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16809 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16811 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16812 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
16813 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
16814 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16816 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16818 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16819 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
16821 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16822 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16823 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
16825 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16826 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
16827 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
16828 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16830 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16832 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
16833 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
16835 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16836 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16837 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
16839 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16840 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
16841 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
16842 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16844 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16846 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
16847 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
16849 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
16851 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16852 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16853 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
16855 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16856 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
16857 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
16858 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16860 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16862 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
16863 Preview region using ghostview.
16865 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
16867 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16869 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16870 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
16872 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
16874 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16876 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
16877 Print region using PostScript printer.
16879 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
16881 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16883 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
16884 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
16886 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
16888 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16890 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
16891 Preview major mode using ghostview.
16893 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
16895 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16897 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16898 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
16900 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
16902 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16904 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
16905 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
16907 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
16909 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16911 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
16912 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
16914 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
16916 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16918 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
16919 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
16920 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
16921 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
16923 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
16924 matching.
16926 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
16927 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
16929 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16931 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
16933 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
16934 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
16935 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
16936 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
16938 \(fn)" t nil)
16940 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
16941 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
16942 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
16943 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
16945 \(fn)" t nil)
16947 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
16948 Print directory using text printer.
16950 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
16951 matching.
16953 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
16954 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
16956 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16958 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
16960 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
16961 Print buffer using text printer.
16963 \(fn)" t nil)
16965 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
16966 Print region using text printer.
16968 \(fn)" t nil)
16970 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
16971 Print major mode using text printer.
16973 \(fn)" t nil)
16975 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
16976 Preview spooled PostScript.
16978 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
16979 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
16980 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16982 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
16983 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16984 PostScript image in a file with that name.
16986 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16988 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16989 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
16991 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
16992 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
16993 instead of sending it to the printer.
16995 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
16996 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
16997 image in a file with that name.
16999 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17001 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
17002 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
17004 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17005 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17006 instead of sending it to the printer.
17008 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17009 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17010 image in a file with that name.
17012 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17014 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
17015 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
17017 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17018 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17019 instead of sending it to the printer.
17021 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17022 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17023 image in a file with that name.
17025 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17027 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
17028 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
17030 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17032 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
17033 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
17035 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
17037 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17038 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
17040 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17042 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
17043 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
17045 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17047 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
17048 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
17050 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17052 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
17053 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
17055 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
17056 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
17057 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
17058 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
17060 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
17061 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
17062 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
17063 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
17064 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
17065 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
17066 file name.
17068 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
17070 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
17071 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
17073 \(fn)" t nil)
17075 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
17076 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
17078 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
17079 right.
17080 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
17081 bottom.
17083 \(fn)" t nil)
17085 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
17086 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
17088 \(fn)" t nil)
17090 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17091 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
17093 \(fn)" t nil)
17095 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
17096 Toggle printing with faces.
17098 \(fn)" t nil)
17100 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
17101 Toggle spooling.
17103 \(fn)" t nil)
17105 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
17106 Toggle duplex.
17108 \(fn)" t nil)
17110 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
17111 Toggle tumble.
17113 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
17114 right.
17115 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
17116 bottom.
17118 \(fn)" t nil)
17120 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
17121 Toggle landscape.
17123 \(fn)" t nil)
17125 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
17126 Toggle upside-down.
17128 \(fn)" t nil)
17130 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
17131 Toggle line number.
17133 \(fn)" t nil)
17135 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
17136 Toggle zebra stripes.
17138 \(fn)" t nil)
17140 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
17141 Toggle printing header.
17143 \(fn)" t nil)
17145 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
17146 Toggle printing header frame.
17148 \(fn)" t nil)
17150 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
17151 Toggle menu lock.
17153 \(fn)" t nil)
17155 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
17156 Toggle auto region.
17158 \(fn)" t nil)
17160 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
17161 Toggle auto mode.
17163 \(fn)" t nil)
17165 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
17166 Customization of `printing' group.
17168 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17170 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
17171 Customization of `lpr' group.
17173 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17175 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
17176 Help for printing package.
17178 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17180 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
17181 Select interactively a PostScript printer.
17183 \(fn)" t nil)
17185 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
17186 Select interactively a text printer.
17188 \(fn)" t nil)
17190 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
17191 Select interactively a PostScript utility.
17193 \(fn)" t nil)
17195 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
17196 Show current ps-print settings.
17198 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17200 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
17201 Show current printing settings.
17203 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17205 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
17206 Show current lpr settings.
17208 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17210 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
17211 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
17213 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
17214 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
17215 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
17216 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
17219 Interactively, you have the following situations:
17221 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17222 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
17223 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
17225 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17226 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17227 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
17228 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
17229 current active printer.
17231 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17232 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
17233 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
17234 printer.
17236 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17237 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
17238 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
17239 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
17240 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
17243 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
17244 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
17246 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
17248 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
17249 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
17250 be done using the new current active printer.
17252 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
17253 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
17254 printer.
17256 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
17257 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
17258 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
17259 instead of sending it to the printer.
17261 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
17262 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
17263 printer.
17265 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
17268 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
17269 are both set to t.
17271 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
17273 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
17274 Fast fire function for text printing.
17276 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
17277 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
17278 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
17279 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
17281 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17282 user for a new active text printer.
17284 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
17286 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
17288 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
17289 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
17290 printer.
17292 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
17294 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
17295 are both set to t.
17297 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
17299 ;;;***
17301 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
17302 ;;;;;; (15608 6934))
17303 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
17305 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
17306 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
17307 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
17308 Commands:
17309 \\{prolog-mode-map}
17310 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
17311 if that value is non-nil.
17313 \(fn)" t nil)
17315 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
17316 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
17318 \(fn)" t nil)
17320 ;;;***
17322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (15935 43727))
17323 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
17325 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (and (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (boundp (quote installation-directory))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
17326 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
17327 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
17329 ;;;***
17331 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (16111
17332 ;;;;;; 31880))
17333 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
17335 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
17336 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
17338 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
17340 The following variables hold user options, and can
17341 be set through the `customize' command:
17343 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
17344 `ps-mode-tab'
17345 `ps-mode-paper-size'
17346 `ps-mode-print-function'
17347 `ps-run-prompt'
17348 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
17349 `ps-run-x'
17350 `ps-run-dumb'
17351 `ps-run-init'
17352 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
17353 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
17355 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
17358 \\{ps-mode-map}
17361 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
17362 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
17363 The keymap for this second window is:
17365 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
17368 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
17369 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
17370 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
17371 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
17372 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
17374 \(fn)" t nil)
17376 ;;;***
17378 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets
17379 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition
17380 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font
17381 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (16066 64547))
17382 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
17384 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
17385 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
17387 Valid values are:
17389 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
17390 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
17391 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
17392 changed by setting the variable
17393 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
17394 The initial value of this variable is
17395 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
17396 documentation).
17398 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
17399 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
17400 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
17401 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
17402 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
17403 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
17404 test it.
17406 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
17407 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
17408 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
17409 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
17410 source file. BDF fonts are included in
17411 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
17412 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
17413 use this value, be sure to have installed
17414 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
17415 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
17416 documentation of this variable).
17418 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
17419 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
17420 characters. This is convenient when you want or
17421 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
17422 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
17423 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
17425 Any other value is treated as nil.")
17427 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule")
17429 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
17430 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
17431 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
17433 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
17435 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
17436 Not documented
17438 \(fn)" nil nil)
17440 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
17441 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
17443 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
17445 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
17447 Returns the value:
17449 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
17451 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
17452 the sequence.
17454 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
17456 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
17457 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
17459 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
17460 composition.
17462 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
17464 Returns the value:
17466 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
17468 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
17469 the sequence.
17471 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
17473 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
17474 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
17476 \(fn)" nil nil)
17478 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
17479 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
17480 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
17482 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
17484 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\
17485 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings.
17487 \(fn)" nil nil)
17489 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
17490 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
17491 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
17493 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
17495 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
17496 Not documented
17498 \(fn)" nil nil)
17500 ;;;***
17502 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
17503 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
17504 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
17505 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
17506 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
17507 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (16066
17508 ;;;;;; 64547))
17509 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
17511 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
17512 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
17513 See `ps-paper-type'.")
17515 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print")
17517 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
17518 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
17519 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
17520 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
17522 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print")
17524 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
17525 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
17527 Valid values are:
17529 nil Do not print colors.
17531 t Print colors.
17533 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
17534 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
17536 Any other value is treated as t.")
17538 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print")
17540 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
17541 Customization of ps-print group.
17543 \(fn)" t nil)
17545 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
17546 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
17548 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
17549 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
17550 sending it to the printer.
17552 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17553 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17554 image in a file with that name.
17556 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17558 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17559 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
17560 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17561 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17562 so it has a way to determine color values.
17564 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17566 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
17567 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
17568 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
17570 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17572 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17573 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
17574 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17575 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17576 so it has a way to determine color values.
17578 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17580 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
17581 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
17582 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
17583 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
17585 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17587 \(fn)" t nil)
17589 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17590 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
17591 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17592 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17593 so it has a way to determine color values.
17595 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17597 \(fn)" t nil)
17599 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
17600 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
17601 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
17603 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17605 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17607 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17608 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
17609 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17610 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17611 so it has a way to determine color values.
17613 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17615 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17617 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
17618 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
17620 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
17621 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17622 instead of sending it to the printer.
17624 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17625 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17626 image in a file with that name.
17628 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17630 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
17631 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
17632 Done using the current ps-print setup.
17633 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
17634 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
17636 \(fn)" t nil)
17638 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
17639 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
17640 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
17642 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
17644 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
17645 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
17646 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
17648 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
17650 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
17651 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
17653 \(fn)" nil nil)
17655 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
17656 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
17658 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
17659 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
17661 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
17662 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
17664 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
17666 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
17668 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
17670 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
17671 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
17673 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
17674 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
17676 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
17677 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
17679 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
17681 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
17683 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
17685 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
17686 foreground and background colors respectively.
17688 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
17689 bold - use bold font.
17690 italic - use italic font.
17691 underline - put a line under text.
17692 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
17693 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
17694 shadow - text will have a shadow.
17695 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
17696 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
17698 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
17700 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
17702 ;;;***
17704 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
17705 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
17706 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
17707 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
17708 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (16022 15688))
17709 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
17711 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
17712 Return the title of the current Quail package.
17714 \(fn)" nil nil)
17716 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
17717 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
17718 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
17720 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
17721 `quail-activate', which see.
17723 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
17725 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
17726 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
17727 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
17728 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
17729 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
17730 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
17731 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
17733 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
17734 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
17735 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
17736 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
17737 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
17738 shown.
17739 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
17741 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
17742 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
17743 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
17744 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
17745 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
17746 list of candidates.
17748 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
17749 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
17750 command to be called.
17752 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
17753 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
17754 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
17755 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
17757 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
17758 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
17759 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
17760 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
17761 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
17762 to t.
17764 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
17765 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
17766 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
17767 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
17769 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
17770 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
17771 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
17772 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
17774 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
17775 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
17776 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
17777 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
17778 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
17779 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
17781 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
17782 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
17783 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
17784 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
17785 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
17786 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
17788 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
17789 covers Quail translation region.
17791 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
17792 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
17793 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
17794 for it) is inserted.
17796 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
17797 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
17798 vs. corresponding command to be called.
17800 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
17801 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
17802 non-Quail commands.
17804 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
17806 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
17807 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
17809 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
17810 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
17811 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
17812 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
17813 you type is correctly handled.
17815 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
17817 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
17818 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
17820 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
17821 keyboard type.
17823 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
17825 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
17826 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
17827 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
17828 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
17829 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
17830 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
17831 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
17832 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
17833 for the translation.
17834 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
17836 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
17837 it is used to handle KEY.
17839 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
17840 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
17841 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
17842 the following annotation types are supported.
17844 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
17845 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
17847 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
17848 candidate list.
17850 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
17851 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
17852 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
17853 inserted.
17855 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
17856 generated for the following translations.
17858 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
17860 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
17861 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
17863 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
17864 which to install MAP.
17866 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
17868 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
17870 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
17871 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
17873 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
17874 which to install MAP.
17876 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
17878 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
17880 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
17881 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
17882 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
17883 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
17884 a function, or a cons.
17885 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
17886 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
17887 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
17888 for the translation.
17889 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
17890 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
17891 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
17892 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
17893 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
17895 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
17896 it is used to handle KEY.
17898 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
17899 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
17900 current Quail package.
17902 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
17903 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
17905 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
17907 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
17908 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
17910 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
17911 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
17913 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
17915 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
17916 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
17918 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
17920 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
17921 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
17922 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
17923 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
17924 of the Emacs source tree.
17926 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
17927 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
17929 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
17930 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
17931 of each directory.
17933 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
17935 ;;;***
17937 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
17938 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
17939 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (15935
17940 ;;;;;; 48476))
17941 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
17943 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
17944 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
17945 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
17946 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
17948 To make use of this do something like:
17950 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
17952 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
17954 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
17955 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
17957 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
17958 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
17959 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
17961 \(fn &optional (LOOKUP (funcall quickurl-grab-lookup-function)))" t nil)
17963 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
17964 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
17966 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
17968 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
17969 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
17971 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
17972 is decided.
17974 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
17976 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
17977 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
17979 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
17980 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
17981 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
17983 \(fn &optional (LOOKUP (funcall quickurl-grab-lookup-function)))" t nil)
17985 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
17986 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
17988 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
17990 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
17991 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
17993 \(fn)" t nil)
17995 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
17996 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
17998 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
18000 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
18002 \(fn)" t nil)
18004 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
18005 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
18007 \(fn)" t nil)
18009 ;;;***
18011 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (15935
18012 ;;;;;; 48476))
18013 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
18015 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
18016 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
18017 See \\[compile].
18019 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
18021 ;;;***
18023 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
18024 ;;;;;; (15935 47054))
18025 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
18027 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
18028 Call up the RE Builder for the current window.
18030 \(fn)" t nil)
18032 ;;;***
18034 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (16050 24794))
18035 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
18037 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
18038 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
18039 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18040 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18041 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
18043 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf")
18045 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
18046 Toggle recentf mode.
18047 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18048 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18050 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
18051 that were operated on recently.
18053 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18055 ;;;***
18057 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
18058 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
18059 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
18060 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (15935
18061 ;;;;;; 43819))
18062 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
18064 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
18065 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
18066 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
18067 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
18069 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
18071 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
18073 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
18074 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
18075 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
18076 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
18077 ends.
18079 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18080 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
18081 to be deleted.
18083 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18085 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
18086 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
18087 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
18089 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18090 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
18091 deleted.
18093 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
18095 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
18096 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
18097 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
18099 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
18101 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
18102 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
18104 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18105 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
18107 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
18108 deleted.
18110 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18112 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
18113 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
18115 \(fn)" t nil)
18117 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
18118 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
18119 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
18120 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
18121 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
18122 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
18123 and point is at the lower right corner.
18125 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
18127 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
18128 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
18130 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
18131 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
18133 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18134 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
18135 on the right side of the rectangle.
18137 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18139 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
18141 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
18142 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
18143 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
18144 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
18145 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
18147 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18148 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
18150 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18152 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
18153 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
18154 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
18156 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
18158 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
18160 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
18162 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
18163 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
18165 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18166 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
18167 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
18169 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
18171 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
18172 Blank out the region-rectangle.
18173 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
18175 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18176 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
18177 rectangle which were empty.
18179 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18181 ;;;***
18183 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (16111
18184 ;;;;;; 31887))
18185 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
18187 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
18188 Toggle Refill minor mode.
18189 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
18191 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
18192 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
18193 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
18195 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18197 ;;;***
18199 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
18200 ;;;;;; (16065 22699))
18201 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
18203 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
18204 Turn on RefTeX mode.
18206 \(fn)" nil nil)
18208 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
18209 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
18211 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
18212 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
18214 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
18215 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
18216 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
18217 \\ref macro.
18219 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
18220 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
18221 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
18223 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
18224 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
18225 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
18227 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
18228 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
18230 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
18231 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
18233 \\{reftex-mode-map}
18234 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
18235 on the menu bar.
18237 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18239 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18241 ;;;***
18243 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
18244 ;;;;;; (16065 22527))
18245 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
18247 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
18248 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
18249 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
18250 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
18251 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
18252 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
18254 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
18256 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
18258 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
18259 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
18260 called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite' command, it will
18261 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
18263 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
18264 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
18265 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
18266 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
18268 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
18270 ;;;***
18272 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
18273 ;;;;;; (15935 49285))
18274 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
18276 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
18277 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
18278 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
18280 To insert new phrases, use
18281 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
18282 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
18284 To index phrases use one of:
18286 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
18287 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
18288 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
18289 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
18290 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
18292 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
18293 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
18295 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
18297 Here are all local bindings.
18299 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
18301 \(fn)" t nil)
18303 ;;;***
18305 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
18306 ;;;;;; (16043 5451))
18307 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
18309 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
18310 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
18311 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
18312 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
18313 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
18314 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
18316 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
18317 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
18319 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
18320 by \\=\\< and \\>.
18322 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
18324 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
18325 Return the depth of REGEXP.
18326 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
18327 in REGEXP.
18329 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
18331 ;;;***
18333 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (15935 43856))
18334 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
18336 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
18337 Repeat most recently executed command.
18338 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
18339 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
18340 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
18342 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
18343 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
18344 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
18346 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
18348 ;;;***
18350 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
18351 ;;;;;; (15356 45077))
18352 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
18354 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
18355 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
18357 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
18358 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
18359 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
18360 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
18361 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
18362 and point is left after the salutation.
18364 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
18365 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
18366 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
18367 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
18368 left after that text.
18370 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
18371 is non-nil.
18373 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
18374 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
18375 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
18376 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
18378 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
18380 ;;;***
18382 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
18383 ;;;;;; (15363 54485))
18384 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
18386 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
18387 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
18388 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
18389 visibility of comments that precede it.
18390 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
18391 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
18392 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
18393 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
18394 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
18395 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
18396 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
18397 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
18398 the comment lines.
18399 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
18400 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
18401 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
18402 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
18403 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
18405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18406 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
18408 ;;;***
18410 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (15935
18411 ;;;;;; 43901))
18412 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
18414 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
18415 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
18417 \(fn)" nil nil)
18419 ;;;***
18421 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
18422 ;;;;;; (16029 32482))
18423 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
18425 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
18426 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
18427 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
18429 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
18430 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
18431 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
18433 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18435 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
18436 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
18437 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18438 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18439 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
18441 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
18443 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
18444 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
18445 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
18447 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
18448 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
18449 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
18451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18453 ;;;***
18455 ;;;### (autoloads (file-name-shadow-mode file-name-shadow-tty-properties
18456 ;;;;;; file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow" "rfn-eshadow.el"
18457 ;;;;;; (15724 26374))
18458 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el
18460 (defvar file-name-shadow-properties (quote (face file-name-shadow field shadow)) "\
18461 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
18462 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active.
18463 If emacs is not running under a window system,
18464 `file-name-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.")
18466 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
18468 (defvar file-name-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\
18469 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
18470 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active and emacs
18471 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window
18472 system, `file-name-shadow-properties' is used instead.")
18474 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-tty-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
18476 (defvar file-name-shadow-mode nil "\
18477 Non-nil if File-Name-Shadow mode is enabled.
18478 See the command `file-name-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18479 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18480 use either \\[customize] or the function `file-name-shadow-mode'.")
18482 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow")
18484 (autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\
18485 Toggle File-Name Shadow mode.
18486 When active, any part of a filename being read in the minibuffer
18487 that would be ignored (because the result is passed through
18488 `substitute-in-file-name') is given the properties in
18489 `file-name-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
18490 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable.
18492 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18493 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18495 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18497 ;;;***
18499 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
18500 ;;;;;; (14632 7438))
18501 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
18503 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
18504 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
18506 \(fn X)" nil nil)
18508 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
18509 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
18511 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
18513 ;;;***
18515 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (16055 62708))
18516 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
18517 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
18519 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
18520 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
18521 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
18522 other arguments for `rlogin'.
18524 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
18526 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
18527 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
18528 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
18529 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
18531 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
18532 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
18534 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
18535 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
18537 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
18538 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
18539 INPUT-ARGS.
18541 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
18542 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
18543 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
18544 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
18545 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
18547 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
18548 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
18549 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
18550 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
18552 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
18553 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
18554 variable.
18556 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
18558 ;;;***
18560 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
18561 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
18562 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
18563 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
18564 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
18565 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
18566 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (16066 55484))
18567 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
18569 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
18570 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
18571 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
18572 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
18574 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail")
18576 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
18577 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
18578 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
18579 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
18580 value is the user's email address and name.)
18581 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
18583 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date" "\\|^x.*-priority:\\|^x-mimeole:") "\
18584 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
18585 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
18586 which normally happens once for each message,
18587 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
18588 To make a change in this variable take effect
18589 for a message that you have already viewed,
18590 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
18592 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail")
18594 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
18595 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
18596 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
18597 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
18599 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail")
18601 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
18602 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
18604 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail")
18606 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
18607 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
18608 A value of nil means don't highlight.
18609 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
18611 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail")
18613 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
18614 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
18616 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail")
18618 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
18619 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
18621 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail")
18623 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
18624 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
18625 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
18626 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
18627 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
18629 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail")
18631 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
18632 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
18634 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail")
18636 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
18637 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
18639 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail")
18641 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
18642 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
18644 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail")
18646 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
18647 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
18649 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail")
18651 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
18652 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
18654 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
18655 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
18657 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
18658 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
18660 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail")
18662 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
18663 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
18665 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
18666 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
18667 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
18668 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
18670 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
18671 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
18673 This is set to nil by default.")
18675 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
18676 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
18677 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
18678 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
18679 until a user explicitly requires it.")
18681 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail")
18683 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
18684 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
18685 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18686 It is called with no argument.")
18688 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
18689 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
18690 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
18691 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
18692 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
18693 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
18694 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
18696 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
18697 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
18698 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18699 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
18700 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
18701 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
18703 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
18704 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
18705 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18706 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
18707 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
18709 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
18710 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
18711 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18712 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
18713 MSG is the message number,
18714 REGEXP is the regular expression,
18715 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
18717 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
18718 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
18719 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
18720 this feature is required with `require'.")
18722 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
18723 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
18724 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
18725 the message is decoded as normal way.
18727 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
18728 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
18729 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
18731 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
18732 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
18733 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
18735 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
18736 Read and edit incoming mail.
18737 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
18738 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
18739 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
18741 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
18742 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
18743 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
18744 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
18746 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
18748 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
18750 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
18751 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
18752 All normal editing commands are turned off.
18753 Instead, these commands are available:
18755 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
18756 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
18757 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
18758 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
18759 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
18760 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
18761 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
18762 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
18763 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
18764 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
18765 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
18766 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
18767 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
18768 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
18769 till a deleted message is found.
18770 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
18771 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
18772 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
18773 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
18774 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
18775 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
18776 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
18777 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
18778 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
18779 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
18780 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
18781 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
18782 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
18783 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
18784 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
18785 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
18786 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
18787 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
18788 (label defaults to last one specified).
18789 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
18790 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
18791 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
18792 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
18793 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
18794 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
18795 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
18796 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
18797 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
18799 \(fn)" t nil)
18801 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
18802 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
18804 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
18806 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
18807 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server.
18809 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
18811 ;;;***
18813 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
18814 ;;;;;; (15828 34013))
18815 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
18817 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
18818 Edit the contents of this message.
18820 \(fn)" t nil)
18822 ;;;***
18824 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
18825 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
18826 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (15185 49575))
18827 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
18829 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
18830 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
18831 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
18833 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
18835 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
18836 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
18837 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
18839 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
18841 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
18842 Not documented
18844 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
18846 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
18847 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
18848 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
18849 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
18850 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
18852 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
18854 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
18855 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
18856 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
18857 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
18858 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
18860 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
18862 ;;;***
18864 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
18865 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
18866 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
18868 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
18869 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
18870 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
18871 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
18873 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
18875 ;;;***
18877 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
18878 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
18879 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (15935 40173))
18880 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
18882 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
18883 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
18884 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
18885 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
18886 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
18887 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
18888 a file name as a string.")
18890 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout")
18892 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
18893 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
18894 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
18895 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
18896 buffer visiting that file.
18897 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
18898 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
18900 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
18901 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
18903 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
18904 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
18906 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
18907 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
18909 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
18911 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
18912 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
18914 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout")
18916 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
18917 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
18918 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
18919 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
18920 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
18922 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
18923 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
18924 will be appended with their original headers.
18926 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
18927 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
18929 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
18930 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
18932 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
18934 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
18936 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
18937 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
18938 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
18940 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
18942 ;;;***
18944 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
18945 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
18946 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (15935
18947 ;;;;;; 48280))
18948 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
18950 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
18951 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
18952 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18954 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
18956 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
18957 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
18958 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18960 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
18962 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
18963 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
18964 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18966 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
18968 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
18969 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
18970 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18972 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
18974 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
18975 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
18976 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18978 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
18980 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
18981 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
18982 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18984 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
18986 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
18987 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
18988 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18989 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
18991 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
18993 ;;;***
18995 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
18996 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
18997 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
18998 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
18999 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (16019 30707))
19000 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
19002 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
19003 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
19005 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
19007 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
19008 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
19010 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
19012 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
19013 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
19015 \(fn)" t nil)
19017 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
19018 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
19019 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
19021 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
19023 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
19024 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
19025 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
19026 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
19027 only look in the To and From fields.
19028 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
19030 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
19032 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
19033 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
19034 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
19035 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
19036 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
19038 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
19040 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
19041 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
19042 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
19043 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
19044 look in the whole message.
19045 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
19047 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
19049 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
19050 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
19051 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
19053 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
19055 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
19056 *Function to decode summary-line.
19058 By default, `identity' is set.")
19060 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum")
19062 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
19063 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
19064 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
19065 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
19066 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
19067 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
19068 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
19070 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
19071 sent by you under different user names.
19072 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
19074 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
19076 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
19078 ;;;***
19080 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
19081 ;;;;;; (15935 48553))
19082 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
19084 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
19085 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
19086 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
19087 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
19089 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
19091 ;;;***
19093 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
19094 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (15935 43923))
19095 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
19097 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
19098 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
19100 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
19102 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
19103 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
19105 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19107 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
19108 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
19110 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19112 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
19113 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
19114 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
19116 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
19117 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
19118 in rot 13.
19120 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
19122 \(fn)" t nil)
19124 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
19125 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
19127 \(fn)" t nil)
19129 ;;;***
19131 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
19132 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
19133 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
19134 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
19135 ;;;;;; (15245 60238))
19136 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
19138 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
19139 *This variable is obsolete.")
19141 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini")
19143 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
19144 *This variable is obsolete.")
19146 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini")
19148 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
19149 *This variable is obsolete.")
19151 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini")
19153 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
19154 *This variable is obsolete.")
19156 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini")
19158 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
19159 *This variable is obsolete.")
19161 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini")
19163 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
19164 *This variable is obsolete.")
19166 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini")
19168 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
19169 This function is obsolete.
19171 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
19173 ;;;***
19175 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (16111
19176 ;;;;;; 31864))
19177 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
19179 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
19180 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
19182 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19184 ;;;***
19186 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (15935
19187 ;;;;;; 47054))
19188 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
19190 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
19191 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
19192 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
19193 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
19195 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
19197 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
19198 Translate a regular expression REGEXP in sexp form to a regexp string.
19199 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
19201 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
19202 notation.
19204 STRING
19205 matches string STRING literally.
19207 CHAR
19208 matches character CHAR literally.
19210 `not-newline'
19211 matches any character except a newline.
19213 `anything'
19214 matches any character
19216 `(any SET)'
19217 matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string.
19218 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
19220 '(in SET)'
19221 like `any'.
19223 `(not (any SET))'
19224 matches any character not in SET
19226 `line-start'
19227 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
19228 in the text being matched
19230 `line-end'
19231 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
19233 `string-start'
19234 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
19235 string being matched against.
19237 `string-end'
19238 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
19239 string being matched against.
19241 `buffer-start'
19242 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
19243 buffer being matched against.
19245 `buffer-end'
19246 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
19247 buffer being matched against.
19249 `point'
19250 matches the empty string, but only at point.
19252 `word-start'
19253 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
19254 word.
19256 `word-end'
19257 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
19259 `word-boundary'
19260 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
19261 word.
19263 `(not word-boundary)'
19264 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
19265 word.
19267 `digit'
19268 matches 0 through 9.
19270 `control'
19271 matches ASCII control characters.
19273 `hex-digit'
19274 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
19276 `blank'
19277 matches space and tab only.
19279 `graphic'
19280 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
19281 space, and DEL.
19283 `printing'
19284 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
19285 and DEL.
19287 `alphanumeric'
19288 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
19289 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
19291 `letter'
19292 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
19293 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
19295 `ascii'
19296 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
19298 `nonascii'
19299 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
19301 `lower'
19302 matches anything lower-case.
19304 `upper'
19305 matches anything upper-case.
19307 `punctuation'
19308 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
19309 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
19311 `space'
19312 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
19314 `word'
19315 matches anything that has word syntax.
19317 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
19318 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
19319 of the following symbols.
19321 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
19322 `punctuation' (\\s.)
19323 `word' (\\sw)
19324 `symbol' (\\s_)
19325 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
19326 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
19327 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
19328 `string-quote' (\\s\")
19329 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
19330 `escape' (\\s\\)
19331 `character-quote' (\\s/)
19332 `comment-start' (\\s<)
19333 `comment-end' (\\s>)
19335 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
19336 matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
19338 `(category CATEGORY)'
19339 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
19340 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
19342 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
19343 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
19344 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
19345 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
19346 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
19347 `symbol' (\\c5)
19348 `digit' (\\c6)
19349 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
19350 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
19351 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
19352 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
19353 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
19354 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
19355 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
19356 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
19357 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
19358 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
19359 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
19360 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
19361 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
19362 `ascii' (\\ca)
19363 `arabic' (\\cb)
19364 `chinese' (\\cc)
19365 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
19366 `greek' (\\cg)
19367 `korean' (\\ch)
19368 `indian' (\\ci)
19369 `japanese' (\\cj)
19370 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
19371 `latin' (\\cl)
19372 `lao' (\\co)
19373 `tibetan' (\\cq)
19374 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
19375 `thai' (\\ct)
19376 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
19377 `hebrew' (\\cw)
19378 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
19379 `can-break' (\\c|)
19381 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
19382 matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
19384 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19385 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
19387 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19388 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
19389 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
19391 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19392 another name for `submatch'.
19394 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19395 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
19396 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
19397 regular expression.
19399 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
19400 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
19401 zero or more occurrances of something are \"greedy\" in that they
19402 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
19403 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
19405 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
19406 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
19408 `(zero-or-more SEXP)'
19409 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
19411 `(0+ SEXP)'
19412 like `zero-or-more'.
19414 `(* SEXP)'
19415 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
19417 `(*? SEXP)'
19418 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
19420 `(one-or-more SEXP)'
19421 matches one or more occurrences of A.
19423 `(1+ SEXP)'
19424 like `one-or-more'.
19426 `(+ SEXP)'
19427 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
19429 `(+? SEXP)'
19430 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
19432 `(zero-or-one SEXP)'
19433 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
19435 `(optional SEXP)'
19436 like `zero-or-one'.
19438 `(? SEXP)'
19439 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
19441 `(?? SEXP)'
19442 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
19444 `(repeat N SEXP)'
19445 matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
19447 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
19448 matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
19450 `(eval FORM)'
19451 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
19452 `regexp-quote' it.
19454 `(regexp REGEXP)'
19455 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
19457 \(fn REGEXP)" nil (quote macro))
19459 ;;;***
19461 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
19462 ;;;;;; (16039 16411))
19463 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
19465 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
19466 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
19467 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
19469 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
19470 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
19471 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
19472 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
19473 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
19474 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
19475 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
19476 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
19478 Commands:
19479 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19480 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
19481 \\{scheme-mode-map}
19482 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
19483 if that value is non-nil.
19485 \(fn)" t nil)
19487 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
19488 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
19489 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
19491 Commands:
19492 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19493 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
19494 \\{scheme-mode-map}
19495 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
19496 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
19497 that variable's value is a string.
19499 \(fn)" t nil)
19501 ;;;***
19503 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
19504 ;;;;;; (14791 27653))
19505 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
19507 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
19508 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
19509 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
19511 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
19513 \(fn)" t nil)
19515 ;;;***
19517 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (16087
19518 ;;;;;; 59373))
19519 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
19521 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
19522 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
19523 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
19524 \\{scribe-mode-map}
19526 Interesting variables:
19528 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
19529 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
19531 `scribe-electric-quote'
19532 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
19534 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
19535 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
19536 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
19538 \(fn)" t nil)
19540 ;;;***
19542 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
19543 ;;;;;; (15935 44067))
19544 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
19546 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
19547 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
19548 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19549 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19550 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
19552 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all")
19554 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
19555 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
19556 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
19557 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
19558 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
19560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19562 ;;;***
19564 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
19565 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file
19566 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
19567 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-yank-ignored-headers
19568 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
19569 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (16071 64650))
19570 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
19572 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
19573 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
19575 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
19576 king@grassland.com
19577 If `parens', they look like:
19578 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
19579 If `angles', they look like:
19580 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
19581 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
19582 derived from the envelope-from address.
19584 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
19585 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
19586 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
19587 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
19589 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail")
19591 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
19592 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
19593 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
19594 `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
19596 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
19597 is a privileged operation.")
19599 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail")
19601 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
19602 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
19603 This is done when the message is initialized,
19604 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
19606 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail")
19608 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
19609 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
19610 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
19612 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail")
19614 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
19615 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
19617 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-ignored-headers) "sendmail")
19619 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
19620 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
19621 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
19622 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
19623 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
19624 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
19625 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
19627 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail")
19629 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
19630 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
19632 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail")
19634 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
19635 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
19636 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
19638 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail")
19640 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
19641 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
19642 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
19643 when you first send mail.")
19645 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail")
19647 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
19648 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
19649 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
19650 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
19651 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
19653 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail")
19655 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
19656 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
19657 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
19658 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
19659 This file need not actually exist.")
19661 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail")
19663 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
19664 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
19665 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
19666 If a string, that string is inserted.
19667 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
19668 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
19669 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
19670 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
19672 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail")
19674 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
19675 *Directory for mail buffers.
19676 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
19677 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
19679 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail")
19681 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
19682 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
19683 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
19684 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
19685 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
19686 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
19687 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
19688 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
19689 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
19690 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
19691 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
19692 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
19693 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
19694 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
19695 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
19697 \(fn)" t nil)
19699 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
19700 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
19701 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
19702 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
19703 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19704 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
19706 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
19707 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
19708 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
19710 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
19711 User should not set this variable manually,
19712 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
19713 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
19714 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
19715 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
19717 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
19718 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
19719 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
19720 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
19722 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
19723 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
19725 \\<mail-mode-map>
19726 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
19728 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
19729 to move to message header fields:
19730 \\{mail-mode-map}
19732 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
19733 when the message is initialized.
19735 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
19736 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
19738 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
19739 is inserted.
19741 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
19742 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
19744 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
19745 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
19747 The second through fifth arguments,
19748 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
19749 the initial contents of those header fields.
19750 These arguments should not have final newlines.
19751 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
19752 original message being replied to, or else an action
19753 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
19754 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
19755 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
19756 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
19757 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
19758 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
19760 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
19762 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
19763 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
19765 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
19767 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
19768 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
19770 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
19772 ;;;***
19774 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
19775 ;;;;;; (16024 25477))
19776 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
19778 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
19779 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
19780 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
19781 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
19782 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
19783 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
19785 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
19787 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
19789 (defvar server-mode nil "\
19790 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
19791 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19792 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19793 use either \\[customize] or the function `server-mode'.")
19795 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server")
19797 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
19798 Toggle Server mode.
19799 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
19800 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
19801 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
19803 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19805 ;;;***
19807 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (15933 28295))
19808 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
19810 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
19811 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet. See \"ses-readme.txt\" for more info.
19813 Key definitions:
19814 \\{ses-mode-map}
19815 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
19816 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
19817 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
19818 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
19820 \(fn)" t nil)
19822 ;;;***
19824 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
19825 ;;;;;; (16111 31888))
19826 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
19828 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
19829 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
19830 Makes > match <.
19831 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
19832 `sgml-quick-keys'.
19834 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
19835 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
19836 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
19838 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
19839 your `.emacs' file.
19841 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
19843 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
19844 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
19845 \\{sgml-mode-map}
19847 \(fn)" t nil)
19849 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
19850 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
19851 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
19852 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
19853 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
19854 which this is based.
19856 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
19858 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
19859 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
19860 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
19861 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
19863 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
19864 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
19865 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
19867 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
19868 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
19869 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
19870 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
19872 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
19873 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
19874 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
19875 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
19877 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
19879 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
19880 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
19881 To work around that, do:
19882 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
19884 \\{html-mode-map}
19886 \(fn)" t nil)
19888 ;;;***
19890 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
19891 ;;;;;; (16111 31880))
19892 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
19894 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
19896 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
19897 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
19898 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
19899 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
19900 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
19901 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
19903 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
19904 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
19905 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
19906 shell-specific features.
19908 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
19909 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
19910 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
19912 \\[sh-case] case statement
19913 \\[sh-for] for loop
19914 \\[sh-function] function definition
19915 \\[sh-if] if statement
19916 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
19917 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
19918 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
19919 \\[sh-select] select loop
19920 \\[sh-until] until loop
19921 \\[sh-while] while loop
19923 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
19924 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
19925 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
19926 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
19927 would indent to the way it currently is.
19928 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
19929 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
19932 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
19933 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
19934 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
19935 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
19936 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
19937 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
19939 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
19940 {, (, [, ', \", `
19941 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
19943 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
19944 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
19945 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
19947 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
19948 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
19950 \(fn)" t nil)
19952 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
19954 ;;;***
19956 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
19957 ;;;;;; (15935 47054))
19958 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
19960 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
19961 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
19963 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
19964 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
19965 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
19966 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
19967 the earlier.
19969 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
19971 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
19973 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
19974 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
19975 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
19977 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
19978 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
19980 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
19981 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
19982 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
19983 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
19984 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
19985 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
19986 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
19987 emacs version).
19989 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
19990 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
19991 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
19992 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
19993 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
19995 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
19996 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
19997 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
19999 \(fn)" t nil)
20001 ;;;***
20003 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
20004 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (16012
20005 ;;;;;; 49034))
20006 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
20008 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
20009 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
20010 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
20011 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
20012 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
20013 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
20014 in the cluster.
20016 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
20018 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
20019 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
20020 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
20021 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
20022 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
20024 \(fn)" t nil)
20026 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
20027 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
20028 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
20029 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
20030 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
20031 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
20032 `shadow-define-cluster').
20034 \(fn)" t nil)
20036 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
20037 Set up file shadowing.
20039 \(fn)" t nil)
20041 ;;;***
20043 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
20044 ;;;;;; (16111 31864))
20045 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
20047 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
20048 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
20049 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
20050 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
20051 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
20052 arguments.")
20054 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell")
20056 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
20057 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
20058 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
20059 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
20060 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
20061 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
20062 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
20063 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
20064 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
20065 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
20066 discards input when it starts up.)
20067 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
20068 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
20069 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
20071 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20072 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20073 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20074 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
20075 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20076 `default-process-coding-system'.
20078 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
20079 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
20080 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
20081 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
20083 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
20085 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20086 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
20088 ;;;***
20090 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (15962
20091 ;;;;;; 51923))
20092 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
20094 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
20095 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
20096 \\{simula-mode-map}
20097 Variables controlling indentation style:
20098 `simula-tab-always-indent'
20099 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
20100 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20101 `simula-indent-level'
20102 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
20103 `simula-substatement-offset'
20104 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
20105 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
20106 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
20107 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
20108 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
20109 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
20110 `simula-label-offset' -4711
20111 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
20112 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
20113 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
20114 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
20115 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
20116 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
20117 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
20118 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
20119 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
20120 `simula-electric-indent' nil
20121 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
20122 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
20123 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
20124 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
20125 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
20126 or nil if they should not be changed.
20127 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
20128 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
20129 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
20130 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
20132 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
20133 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
20135 ;;;***
20137 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
20138 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (16111 31865))
20139 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
20141 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
20142 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
20144 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
20145 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
20146 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
20147 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
20149 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
20151 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
20152 Insert SKELETON.
20153 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
20154 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
20155 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
20156 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
20157 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
20159 Optional first argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
20160 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
20162 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
20164 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
20165 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
20167 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
20168 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
20169 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
20170 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
20172 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
20173 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
20174 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
20175 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
20177 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
20178 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
20179 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
20181 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
20182 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
20184 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
20185 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
20187 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
20188 _ interesting point, interregion here
20189 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
20190 interesting point set by _
20191 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
20192 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
20193 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
20194 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
20195 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
20196 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
20197 nil skipped
20199 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
20200 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
20202 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
20203 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
20204 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
20205 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
20206 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
20207 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
20208 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
20209 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
20211 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
20212 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
20213 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
20214 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
20215 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
20216 available:
20218 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
20219 then: insert previously read string once more
20220 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
20221 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
20222 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
20224 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
20225 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
20227 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
20229 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
20230 Insert the character you type ARG times.
20232 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
20233 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
20234 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
20235 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
20236 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
20237 such as backslash.
20239 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
20240 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
20241 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
20243 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20245 ;;;***
20247 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
20248 ;;;;;; (15935 44142))
20249 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
20251 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
20252 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
20253 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
20254 buffer names.
20256 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
20258 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
20259 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
20260 \\{smerge-mode-map}
20262 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20264 ;;;***
20266 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
20267 ;;;;;; (15847 36480))
20268 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
20270 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
20271 Display textual smileys as images.
20272 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
20273 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
20274 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them.
20276 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20278 ;;;***
20280 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
20281 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (16065 19461))
20282 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
20284 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
20285 Not documented
20287 \(fn)" nil nil)
20289 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
20290 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
20292 \(fn)" t nil)
20294 ;;;***
20296 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (15745 59594))
20297 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
20299 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
20300 Play the Snake game.
20301 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
20303 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
20305 Snake mode keybindings:
20306 \\<snake-mode-map>
20307 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
20308 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
20309 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
20310 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
20311 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
20312 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
20313 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
20315 \(fn)" t nil)
20317 ;;;***
20319 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
20320 ;;;;;; (15491 16844))
20321 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
20323 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
20324 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
20325 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
20326 Tab indents for C code.
20327 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
20328 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20329 \\{snmp-mode-map}
20330 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
20331 `snmp-mode-hook'.
20333 \(fn)" t nil)
20335 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
20336 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
20337 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
20338 Tab indents for C code.
20339 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
20340 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20341 \\{snmp-mode-map}
20342 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
20343 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
20345 \(fn)" t nil)
20347 ;;;***
20349 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
20350 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
20351 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (15935 46813))
20352 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
20354 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
20355 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
20357 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
20358 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
20359 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
20361 For example, the form
20363 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
20364 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
20366 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
20368 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar")
20370 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
20371 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
20373 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
20374 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
20375 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
20376 York City.
20378 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
20380 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar")
20382 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
20383 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
20385 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
20386 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
20387 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
20388 York City.
20390 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
20392 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar")
20394 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
20395 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
20396 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
20397 pair.
20399 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
20401 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar")
20403 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
20404 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
20405 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
20407 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
20408 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
20410 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
20412 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20414 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
20415 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
20416 Requires floating point.
20418 \(fn)" nil nil)
20420 ;;;***
20422 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (15935
20423 ;;;;;; 48681))
20424 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
20426 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
20427 Play Solitaire.
20429 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
20430 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
20431 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
20432 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
20433 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
20434 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
20435 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
20436 check after each move or undo)
20438 What is Solitaire?
20440 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
20441 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
20442 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
20444 Le Solitaire
20445 ============
20447 o o o
20449 o o o
20451 o o o o o o o
20453 o o o . o o o
20455 o o o o o o o
20457 o o o
20459 o o o
20461 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
20462 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
20463 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
20464 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
20466 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
20467 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
20468 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
20469 this: o o .
20471 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
20472 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
20474 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
20476 o o o
20478 . o o
20480 o o . o o o o
20482 o . o o o o o
20484 o o o o o o o
20486 o o o
20488 o o o
20490 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
20492 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
20494 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20496 ;;;***
20498 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
20499 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
20500 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (16111 31865))
20501 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
20503 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
20504 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
20506 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
20507 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
20508 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
20509 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
20510 contiguous.
20512 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
20513 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
20514 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20515 the sort order.
20517 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
20518 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
20520 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
20521 It moves point to the start of the next record.
20522 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
20523 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
20524 is called.
20526 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
20527 It should move point to the end of the record.
20529 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
20530 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
20531 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
20532 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
20533 starts at the beginning of the record.
20535 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
20536 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
20537 same as ENDRECFUN.
20539 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
20540 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
20542 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
20544 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
20545 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
20546 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20547 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
20548 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20549 the sort order.
20551 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
20553 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
20554 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
20555 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20556 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
20557 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20558 the sort order.
20560 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
20562 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
20563 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
20564 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20565 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
20566 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20567 the sort order.
20569 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
20571 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
20572 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
20573 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
20574 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
20575 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
20576 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
20577 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
20578 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20579 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
20581 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
20583 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
20584 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
20585 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
20586 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
20587 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20588 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
20589 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20590 the sort order.
20592 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
20594 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
20595 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
20596 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
20597 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
20598 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
20599 is to be used for sorting.
20600 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
20601 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
20602 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
20603 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
20604 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
20606 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
20608 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20609 the sort order.
20611 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
20612 starting with the letter \"f\",
20613 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
20615 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
20617 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
20618 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
20619 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
20620 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
20621 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
20622 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
20623 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20624 the sort order.
20626 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
20627 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
20628 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
20629 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
20630 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
20632 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
20634 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
20635 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
20636 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
20638 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20640 ;;;***
20642 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
20643 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (15935 44194))
20644 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
20646 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
20648 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
20649 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
20650 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
20651 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
20652 supported at a time.
20653 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
20654 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
20656 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20658 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
20659 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
20660 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
20661 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
20663 \(fn)" t nil)
20665 ;;;***
20667 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
20668 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (15185 49575))
20669 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
20671 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
20673 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
20674 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
20675 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
20676 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
20677 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
20678 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
20680 \(fn)" t nil)
20682 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
20683 Check spelling of word at or before point.
20684 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
20685 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
20687 \(fn)" t nil)
20689 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
20690 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
20691 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
20692 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
20693 for example, \"word\".
20695 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
20697 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
20698 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
20700 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
20702 ;;;***
20704 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (14816
20705 ;;;;;; 44944))
20706 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
20708 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
20709 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
20711 \(fn)" t nil)
20713 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
20714 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
20716 \(fn)" nil nil)
20718 ;;;***
20720 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
20721 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
20722 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
20723 ;;;;;; (16116 34477))
20724 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
20726 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
20727 Show short help for the SQL modes.
20729 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
20730 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
20732 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
20734 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
20735 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
20736 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
20738 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
20740 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
20741 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
20742 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
20743 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
20744 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
20745 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
20746 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
20747 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
20749 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
20751 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
20752 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
20753 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
20754 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
20756 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
20757 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
20758 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
20759 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
20761 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
20762 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
20763 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
20765 \(fn)" t nil)
20767 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
20768 Major mode to edit SQL.
20770 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
20771 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
20772 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
20774 \\{sql-mode-map}
20775 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
20777 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
20778 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
20779 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
20780 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
20781 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
20782 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
20784 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
20785 `sql-interactive-mode'.
20787 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
20788 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
20789 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
20791 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
20792 (lambda ()
20793 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
20795 \(fn)" t nil)
20797 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
20798 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
20800 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20801 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20802 `*SQL*'.
20804 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
20805 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
20806 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
20807 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
20809 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20810 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20812 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20813 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20814 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20815 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20816 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20817 `default-process-coding-system'.
20819 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20821 \(fn)" t nil)
20823 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
20824 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
20826 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20827 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20828 `*SQL*'.
20830 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
20831 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
20832 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
20833 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
20835 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20836 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20838 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20839 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20840 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20841 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20842 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20843 `default-process-coding-system'.
20845 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20847 \(fn)" t nil)
20849 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
20850 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
20852 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20853 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20854 `*SQL*'.
20856 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
20857 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
20859 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20860 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20862 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20863 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20864 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20865 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20866 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20867 `default-process-coding-system'.
20869 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20871 \(fn)" t nil)
20873 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
20874 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
20876 SQLite is free software.
20878 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20879 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20880 `*SQL*'.
20882 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
20883 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
20884 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
20885 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
20887 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20888 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20890 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20891 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20892 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20893 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20894 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20895 `default-process-coding-system'.
20897 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20899 \(fn)" t nil)
20901 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
20902 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
20904 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
20906 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20907 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20908 `*SQL*'.
20910 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
20911 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
20912 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
20913 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
20915 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20916 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20918 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20919 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20920 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20921 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20922 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20923 `default-process-coding-system'.
20925 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20927 \(fn)" t nil)
20929 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
20930 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
20932 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20933 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20934 `*SQL*'.
20936 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
20937 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
20938 defaults, if set.
20940 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20941 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20943 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20944 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20945 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20946 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20947 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20948 `default-process-coding-system'.
20950 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20952 \(fn)" t nil)
20954 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
20955 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
20957 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20958 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20959 `*SQL*'.
20961 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
20962 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
20964 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20965 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20967 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20968 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20969 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20970 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20971 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20972 `default-process-coding-system'.
20974 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20976 \(fn)" t nil)
20978 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
20979 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
20981 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20982 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20983 `*SQL*'.
20985 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
20986 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
20987 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
20988 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
20990 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20991 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20993 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20994 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20995 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20996 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20997 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20998 `default-process-coding-system'.
21000 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21002 \(fn)" t nil)
21004 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
21005 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
21007 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21008 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21009 `*SQL*'.
21011 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
21012 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
21013 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
21014 `sql-postgres-options'.
21016 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21017 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21019 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21020 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21021 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21022 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21023 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21024 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
21025 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
21026 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
21028 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
21029 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
21031 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21033 \(fn)" t nil)
21035 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
21036 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
21038 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21039 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21040 `*SQL*'.
21042 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
21043 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
21044 defaults, if set.
21046 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21047 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21049 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21050 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21051 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21052 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21053 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21054 `default-process-coding-system'.
21056 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21058 \(fn)" t nil)
21060 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
21061 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
21063 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21064 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21065 `*SQL*'.
21067 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
21068 automatic login.
21070 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21071 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21073 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
21074 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
21075 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
21076 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
21078 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21079 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21080 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21081 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21082 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21083 `default-process-coding-system'.
21085 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21087 \(fn)" t nil)
21089 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
21090 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
21092 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21093 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21094 `*SQL*'.
21096 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
21097 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
21098 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
21099 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
21100 parameters.
21102 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
21103 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
21104 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
21105 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
21106 an empty password.
21108 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21109 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21111 To use LINTER font locking by default, put this line into your .emacs :
21112 (setq sql-mode-font-lock-keywords sql-mode-linter-font-lock-keywords)
21114 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21116 \(fn)" t nil)
21118 ;;;***
21120 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
21121 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
21122 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
21123 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
21124 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (15948
21125 ;;;;;; 48516))
21126 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
21128 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
21129 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
21130 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
21131 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
21132 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
21133 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
21135 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
21137 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
21138 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
21139 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
21140 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
21141 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
21142 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
21143 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
21145 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
21147 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
21148 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
21149 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
21150 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
21151 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
21152 then complete the stroke with button 3.
21153 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
21155 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
21157 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
21158 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
21159 This must be bound to a mouse event.
21161 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
21163 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
21164 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
21165 This must be bound to a mouse event.
21167 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
21169 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
21170 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
21172 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
21174 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
21175 Get instruction on using the `strokes' package.
21177 \(fn)" t nil)
21179 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
21180 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
21182 \(fn)" t nil)
21184 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
21185 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
21186 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
21187 chronologically by command name.
21188 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
21190 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
21192 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
21193 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
21194 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21195 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21196 use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.")
21198 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes")
21200 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
21201 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
21202 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
21203 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
21204 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
21205 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
21206 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
21208 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
21209 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
21210 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
21211 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
21213 \\{strokes-mode-map}
21215 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21217 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
21218 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
21219 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
21220 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
21222 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
21224 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
21225 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
21227 \(fn)" t nil)
21229 ;;;***
21231 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
21232 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (15365 61265))
21233 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
21235 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
21236 Studlify-case the region.
21238 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
21240 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
21241 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
21243 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
21245 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
21246 Studlify-case the current buffer.
21248 \(fn)" t nil)
21250 ;;;***
21252 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
21253 ;;;;;; (16078 48647))
21254 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
21256 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
21257 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
21258 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
21259 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
21260 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
21261 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
21262 original message but it does require a few things:
21264 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
21266 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
21267 reply buffer.
21269 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
21270 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
21271 original message.
21273 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
21275 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
21277 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
21278 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
21279 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
21281 \(fn)" nil nil)
21283 ;;;***
21285 ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (15935
21286 ;;;;;; 47054))
21287 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el
21289 (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\
21290 Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS.
21291 The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that
21292 the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon.
21294 If the caller knows the PPSS of a nearby position, she can pass it
21295 in OLP-PPSS (with or without its corresponding OLD-POS) to try and
21296 avoid a more expansive scan.
21297 Point is at POS when this function returns.
21299 \(fn &optional POS)" nil nil)
21301 ;;;***
21303 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
21304 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
21306 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
21307 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
21308 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
21309 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
21310 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
21312 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21314 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
21315 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
21316 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
21317 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
21318 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
21319 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
21320 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
21322 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21324 ;;;***
21326 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
21327 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
21328 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
21329 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
21330 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
21331 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
21332 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
21333 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
21334 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
21335 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
21336 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
21337 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
21338 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (16111 31888))
21339 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
21341 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
21342 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
21343 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
21345 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table")
21347 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
21348 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
21350 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table")
21352 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
21353 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
21355 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table")
21357 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
21358 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
21360 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table")
21362 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
21363 Insert an editable text table.
21364 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
21365 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
21366 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
21367 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
21368 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
21369 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
21370 delimiting them.
21372 Examples:
21374 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
21376 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
21377 location of point.
21381 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
21382 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
21383 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
21384 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
21385 first cell.
21387 +-----+-----+-----+
21388 |-!- | | |
21389 +-----+-----+-----+
21391 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
21393 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
21394 width, which results as
21396 +--------------+-----+-----+
21397 |-!- | | |
21398 +--------------+-----+-----+
21400 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
21401 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
21403 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21404 | | |-!- |
21405 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21407 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
21408 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
21409 width information to `table-insert'.
21411 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
21413 instead of
21415 Cell width(s): 5
21417 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
21418 work all together.
21420 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
21421 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
21423 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21424 |-!- | | |
21425 | | | |
21426 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21428 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
21430 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21431 |-!- | | |
21432 | | | |
21433 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21434 | | | |
21435 | | | |
21436 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21438 Move the point under the table as shown below.
21440 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21441 | | | |
21442 | | | |
21443 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21444 | | | |
21445 | | | |
21446 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21449 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
21450 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
21451 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
21453 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21454 | | | |
21455 | | | |
21456 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21457 | | | |
21458 | | | |
21459 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21460 |-!- | | |
21461 | | | |
21462 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21464 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
21465 results.
21467 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21468 | | | |
21469 | | | |
21470 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21471 | | |Text editing inside the table |
21472 | | |cell produces reasonably |
21473 | | |expected results.-!- |
21474 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21475 | | | |
21476 | | | |
21477 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21479 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
21481 \\{table-cell-map}
21483 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
21485 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
21486 Insert N table row(s).
21487 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
21488 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
21489 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
21490 are appended at the bottom of the table.
21492 \(fn N)" t nil)
21494 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
21495 Insert N table column(s).
21496 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
21497 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
21498 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
21499 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
21501 \(fn N)" t nil)
21503 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
21504 Insert row(s) or column(s).
21505 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
21507 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
21509 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
21510 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
21511 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
21512 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
21513 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
21514 all the table specific features.
21516 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21518 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
21519 Not documented
21521 \(fn)" t nil)
21523 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
21524 Recognize all tables within region.
21525 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
21526 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
21527 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
21528 specific features.
21530 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
21532 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
21533 Not documented
21535 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21537 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
21538 Recognize a table at point.
21539 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
21540 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
21541 the table specific features.
21543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21545 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
21546 Not documented
21548 \(fn)" t nil)
21550 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
21551 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
21552 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
21553 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
21554 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
21555 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
21556 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
21558 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
21560 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
21561 Not documented
21563 \(fn)" t nil)
21565 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
21566 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
21567 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
21568 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
21569 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
21570 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
21571 specified.
21573 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
21575 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
21576 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
21577 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
21578 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
21579 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
21580 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
21581 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
21582 table structure.
21584 \(fn N)" t nil)
21586 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
21587 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
21588 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
21589 table's rectangle structure.
21591 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
21593 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
21594 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
21595 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
21596 table's rectangle structure.
21598 \(fn N)" t nil)
21600 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
21601 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
21602 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
21603 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
21604 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
21606 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
21608 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
21609 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
21610 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
21612 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
21613 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
21614 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
21615 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
21616 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
21617 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
21618 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
21620 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
21621 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
21622 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
21623 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
21624 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
21625 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
21626 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
21628 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
21629 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
21630 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
21631 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
21632 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
21633 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
21634 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
21635 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
21637 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
21639 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
21640 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
21641 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
21642 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
21644 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21646 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
21647 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
21648 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
21650 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
21652 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
21653 Split current cell vertically.
21654 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
21656 \(fn)" t nil)
21658 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
21659 Split current cell horizontally.
21660 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
21662 \(fn)" t nil)
21664 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
21665 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
21666 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
21668 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
21670 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
21671 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
21672 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
21673 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
21675 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21677 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
21678 Justify cell contents.
21679 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
21680 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
21681 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
21682 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
21684 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
21686 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
21687 Justify cells of a row.
21688 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
21689 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
21691 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21693 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
21694 Justify cells of a column.
21695 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
21696 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
21698 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21700 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
21701 Toggle fixing width mode.
21702 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
21703 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
21704 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
21706 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21708 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
21709 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
21710 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
21711 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
21712 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
21713 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
21714 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
21715 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
21716 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
21717 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
21718 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
21720 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
21722 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
21723 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
21724 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
21725 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
21726 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
21727 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
21728 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
21729 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
21730 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
21731 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
21732 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
21733 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
21734 untouched.
21736 References used for this implementation:
21738 HTML:
21739 http://www.w3.org
21741 LaTeX:
21742 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
21744 CALS (DocBook DTD):
21745 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
21746 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
21748 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
21750 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
21751 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
21752 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
21753 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
21754 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
21755 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
21756 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
21757 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
21758 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
21759 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
21760 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
21761 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
21762 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
21763 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
21764 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
21765 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
21766 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
21768 Example:
21770 (progn
21771 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
21772 (table-forward-cell 15)
21773 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
21774 (table-forward-cell 16)
21775 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
21776 (table-forward-cell 1)
21777 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
21779 (progn
21780 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
21781 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
21782 (table-forward-cell 1)
21783 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
21785 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21787 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
21788 Delete N row(s) of cells.
21789 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
21790 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
21791 consists from cells of same height.
21793 \(fn N)" t nil)
21795 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
21796 Delete N column(s) of cells.
21797 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
21798 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
21799 column must consists from cells of same width.
21801 \(fn N)" t nil)
21803 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
21804 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
21805 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
21806 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
21807 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
21808 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
21809 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
21810 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
21811 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
21812 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
21813 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
21814 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
21815 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
21816 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
21817 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
21820 Example 1:
21822 1, 2, 3, 4
21823 5, 6, 7, 8
21824 , 9, 10
21826 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
21827 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
21828 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
21829 specified as 5.
21831 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
21832 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
21833 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
21834 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
21835 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
21836 | | 9 | 10 | |
21837 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
21839 Note:
21841 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
21842 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
21843 of each row is optional.
21846 Example 2:
21848 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
21849 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
21850 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
21851 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
21852 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
21854 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
21855 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
21857 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
21858 expression and raw delimiter regular
21859 expression, it parses the specified text
21860 area and extracts cell items from
21861 non-table text and then forms a table out
21862 of them.
21864 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
21865 creates a single cell table. The text in
21866 the specified region is placed in that
21867 cell.-*-
21869 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
21870 like this.
21872 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
21873 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
21874 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
21876 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
21877 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
21878 | expression, it parses the specified text |
21879 | area and extracts cell items from |
21880 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
21881 | of them. |
21883 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
21884 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
21885 | the specified region is placed in that |
21886 | cell. |
21887 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
21889 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
21890 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
21891 independently.
21893 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
21894 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
21895 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
21896 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
21897 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
21898 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
21899 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
21900 | |area and extracts cell items from |
21901 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
21902 | |of them. |
21903 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
21904 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
21905 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
21906 | |the specified region is placed in that |
21907 | |cell. |
21908 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
21910 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
21911 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
21912 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
21914 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
21916 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
21917 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
21918 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
21919 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
21920 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
21922 \(fn)" t nil)
21924 ;;;***
21926 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (15568 53176))
21927 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
21929 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
21930 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
21932 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
21934 ;;;***
21936 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (15950 37647))
21937 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
21939 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
21940 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
21941 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
21942 Letters no longer insert themselves.
21943 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
21944 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
21945 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
21947 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
21948 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
21949 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
21950 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
21952 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
21953 \\{tar-mode-map}" t nil)
21955 ;;;***
21957 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
21958 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (16111 31880))
21959 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
21961 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
21962 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
21963 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
21964 Tab indents for Tcl code.
21965 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21966 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21968 Variables controlling indentation style:
21969 `tcl-indent-level'
21970 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
21971 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
21972 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
21974 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
21975 documentation for details):
21976 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
21977 Controls action of TAB key.
21978 `tcl-auto-newline'
21979 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
21980 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
21981 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
21982 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
21983 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
21985 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
21986 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
21987 already exist.
21989 Commands:
21990 \\{tcl-mode-map}
21992 \(fn)" t nil)
21994 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
21995 Run inferior Tcl process.
21996 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
21997 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
21999 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
22001 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
22002 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
22003 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
22005 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
22007 ;;;***
22009 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (15935 48476))
22010 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
22011 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22013 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
22014 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
22015 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
22016 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
22017 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
22018 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
22019 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
22021 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
22022 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
22024 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
22025 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
22026 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
22027 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
22029 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
22031 ;;;***
22033 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (15935
22034 ;;;;;; 44347))
22035 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
22037 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
22038 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
22039 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
22040 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
22041 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
22042 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
22044 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
22046 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
22047 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
22048 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
22049 commands to use in that buffer.
22051 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
22053 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
22055 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
22056 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
22058 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
22060 ;;;***
22062 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (15490
22063 ;;;;;; 38811))
22064 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
22066 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
22067 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
22068 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
22069 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
22070 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
22071 program as keyboard input.
22073 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
22074 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
22075 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
22076 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
22078 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
22079 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
22080 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
22081 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
22082 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
22084 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
22086 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
22087 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
22088 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
22089 terminal-redisplay-interval.
22091 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
22092 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
22093 subprocess started.
22095 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
22097 ;;;***
22099 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun testcover-start) "testcover"
22100 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (16004 31775))
22101 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
22103 (autoload (quote testcover-start) "testcover" "\
22104 Uses edebug to instrument all macros and functions in FILENAME, then
22105 changes the instrumentation from edebug to testcover--much faster, no
22106 problems with type-ahead or post-command-hook, etc. If BYTE-COMPILE is
22107 non-nil, byte-compiles each function after instrumenting.
22109 \(fn FILENAME &optional BYTE-COMPILE)" t nil)
22111 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
22112 Start coverage on function under point.
22114 \(fn)" t nil)
22116 ;;;***
22118 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (15745 59717))
22119 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
22121 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
22122 Play the Tetris game.
22123 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
22124 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
22125 as to form complete rows.
22127 tetris-mode keybindings:
22128 \\<tetris-mode-map>
22129 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
22130 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
22131 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
22132 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
22133 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
22134 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
22135 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
22136 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
22138 \(fn)" t nil)
22140 ;;;***
22142 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
22143 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
22144 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22145 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
22146 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
22147 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
22148 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
22149 ;;;;;; (16111 31888))
22150 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
22152 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
22153 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
22155 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode")
22157 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
22158 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
22159 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
22160 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
22161 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
22163 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode")
22165 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
22166 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
22167 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
22168 if it matches the first line of the file,
22169 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
22171 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode")
22173 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
22174 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
22175 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
22176 if the variable is non-nil.")
22178 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode")
22180 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
22181 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
22183 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode")
22185 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
22186 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
22187 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
22188 See the documentation of that variable.")
22190 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode")
22192 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
22193 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
22194 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
22195 See the documentation of that variable.")
22197 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode")
22199 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
22200 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
22201 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
22202 See the documentation of that variable.")
22204 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode")
22206 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
22207 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
22208 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
22209 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
22210 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
22212 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode")
22214 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
22215 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
22216 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
22217 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
22219 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode")
22221 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
22222 *User defined LaTeX block names.
22223 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
22225 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode")
22227 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
22228 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
22229 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22230 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
22232 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode")
22234 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
22235 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22236 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22237 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
22239 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
22241 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
22242 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
22243 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22244 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
22246 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
22247 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
22248 for example,
22250 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22251 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
22253 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
22254 use.")
22256 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
22258 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (if (eq window-system (quote x)) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\")) "\
22259 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
22260 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
22261 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22262 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
22264 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
22266 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode")
22268 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
22269 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
22270 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
22272 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode")
22274 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
22275 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
22276 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
22277 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
22278 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
22280 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode")
22282 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
22283 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
22285 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode")
22287 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
22288 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
22290 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode")
22292 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22293 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
22294 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
22295 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
22296 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
22297 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
22298 says which mode to use.
22300 \(fn)" t nil)
22302 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
22304 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
22306 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
22308 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22309 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
22310 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
22311 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
22312 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
22314 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
22315 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
22316 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
22317 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
22318 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
22319 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
22320 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
22322 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
22323 mismatched $'s or braces.
22325 Special commands:
22326 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
22328 Mode variables:
22329 tex-run-command
22330 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22331 tex-directory
22332 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
22333 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22334 tex-dvi-print-command
22335 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22336 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22337 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
22338 argument) to print a .dvi file.
22339 tex-dvi-view-command
22340 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
22341 tex-show-queue-command
22342 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
22343 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
22345 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
22346 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
22347 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
22349 \(fn)" t nil)
22351 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22352 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
22353 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
22354 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
22355 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
22357 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
22358 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
22359 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
22360 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
22361 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
22362 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
22363 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
22365 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
22366 mismatched $'s or braces.
22368 Special commands:
22369 \\{latex-mode-map}
22371 Mode variables:
22372 latex-run-command
22373 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22374 tex-directory
22375 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
22376 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22377 tex-dvi-print-command
22378 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22379 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22380 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
22381 argument) to print a .dvi file.
22382 tex-dvi-view-command
22383 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
22384 tex-show-queue-command
22385 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
22386 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
22388 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
22389 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
22390 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
22392 \(fn)" t nil)
22394 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22395 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
22396 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
22397 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
22398 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
22400 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
22401 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
22402 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
22403 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
22404 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
22405 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
22406 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
22408 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
22409 mismatched $'s or braces.
22411 Special commands:
22412 \\{slitex-mode-map}
22414 Mode variables:
22415 slitex-run-command
22416 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22417 tex-directory
22418 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
22419 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22420 tex-dvi-print-command
22421 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22422 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22423 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
22424 argument) to print a .dvi file.
22425 tex-dvi-view-command
22426 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
22427 tex-show-queue-command
22428 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
22429 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
22431 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
22432 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
22433 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
22434 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
22436 \(fn)" t nil)
22438 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
22439 Not documented
22441 \(fn)" nil nil)
22443 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22444 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
22446 \(fn)" t nil)
22448 ;;;***
22450 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
22451 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (16111 31888))
22452 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
22454 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
22455 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
22456 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
22457 name specified in the @setfilename command.
22459 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
22460 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
22461 Info-split to do these manually.
22463 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
22465 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
22466 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
22467 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
22468 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
22469 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
22471 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
22473 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
22474 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
22475 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
22476 names specified in the @setfilename command.
22478 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
22479 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
22480 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
22481 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
22483 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
22484 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
22486 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
22488 ;;;***
22490 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
22491 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (16111 31888))
22492 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
22494 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
22495 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
22497 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
22499 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
22500 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
22502 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
22504 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
22505 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
22507 It has these extra commands:
22508 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
22510 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
22511 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
22512 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
22513 modified version of TeX input format.
22515 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
22516 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
22517 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
22518 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
22520 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
22521 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
22522 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
22523 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
22524 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
22525 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
22526 in the Texinfo file.
22528 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
22529 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
22530 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
22531 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
22532 move forward past the closing brace.
22534 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
22535 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
22537 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
22538 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
22539 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
22541 Here are the functions:
22543 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
22544 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
22545 texinfo-sequential-node-update
22547 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
22548 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
22549 texinfo-master-menu
22551 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
22553 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
22554 which menu descriptions are indented.
22556 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
22557 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
22558 in the region.
22560 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
22561 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
22562 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
22563 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
22565 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
22566 be the first node in the file.
22568 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
22569 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
22571 \(fn)" t nil)
22573 ;;;***
22575 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
22576 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
22577 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (15935 48150))
22578 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
22580 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
22581 Compose Thai characters in the region.
22582 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
22583 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
22585 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22587 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
22588 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
22590 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
22592 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
22593 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
22595 \(fn)" t nil)
22597 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
22598 Not documented
22600 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
22602 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
22603 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
22604 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
22605 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
22606 to compose.
22608 The return value is number of composed characters.
22610 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
22612 ;;;***
22614 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
22615 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
22616 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (15935 44362))
22617 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
22619 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
22620 Move forward to the end of the next THING.
22622 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
22624 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22625 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
22626 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
22627 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
22628 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
22630 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
22631 a symbol as a valid THING.
22633 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
22634 of the textual entity that was found.
22636 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
22638 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22639 Return the THING at point.
22640 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
22641 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
22642 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
22644 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
22645 a symbol as a valid THING.
22647 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
22649 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22650 Not documented
22652 \(fn)" nil nil)
22654 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22655 Not documented
22657 \(fn)" nil nil)
22659 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22660 Not documented
22662 \(fn)" nil nil)
22664 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22665 Not documented
22667 \(fn)" nil nil)
22669 ;;;***
22671 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
22672 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
22673 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
22674 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
22675 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
22676 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (15935 48150))
22677 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
22679 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
22680 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
22681 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
22683 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
22685 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
22686 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
22688 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22690 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
22691 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
22692 The returned string has no composition information.
22694 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22696 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
22697 Compose Tibetan string STR.
22699 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22701 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
22702 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
22704 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22706 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
22707 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
22708 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
22709 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
22711 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22713 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
22714 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
22715 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
22716 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
22718 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22720 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
22721 Not documented
22723 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
22725 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
22726 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
22727 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
22729 \(fn)" t nil)
22731 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
22732 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
22733 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
22735 \(fn)" t nil)
22737 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
22738 Not documented
22740 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
22742 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
22743 Not documented
22745 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
22747 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
22748 Not documented
22750 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
22752 ;;;***
22754 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
22755 ;;;;;; (15935 49285))
22756 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
22758 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
22759 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
22760 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
22761 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
22762 parameters.
22763 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
22765 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22767 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
22768 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
22769 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
22770 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
22771 parameters.
22772 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
22774 \(fn)" t nil)
22776 ;;;***
22778 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
22779 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (16009 54369))
22780 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
22782 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
22783 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
22785 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time")
22787 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
22788 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
22789 This display updates automatically every minute.
22790 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
22791 are displayed as well.
22792 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
22794 \(fn)" t nil)
22796 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
22797 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
22798 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22799 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22800 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
22802 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time")
22804 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
22805 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
22806 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
22808 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
22809 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
22810 are displayed as well.
22811 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
22813 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22815 ;;;***
22817 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
22818 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
22819 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time date-to-time)
22820 ;;;;;; "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (15450 56230))
22821 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
22823 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
22824 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
22826 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
22828 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
22829 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
22831 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
22833 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
22834 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
22836 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
22838 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
22839 Convert DAYS into a time value.
22841 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
22843 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
22844 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
22845 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
22847 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
22849 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
22851 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
22852 Subtract two time values.
22853 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
22855 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
22857 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
22858 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
22860 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
22862 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
22863 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
22864 DATE should be a date-time string.
22866 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
22868 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
22869 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
22870 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
22872 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
22874 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
22875 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
22877 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
22879 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
22880 Return the day number within the year of the date month/day/year.
22882 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
22884 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
22885 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
22886 TIME should be a time value.
22887 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
22889 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
22891 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
22892 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
22893 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
22895 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
22897 ;;;***
22899 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
22900 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (15931 55755))
22901 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
22903 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
22904 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
22905 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
22906 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
22907 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
22908 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
22909 look like one of the following:
22910 Time-stamp: <>
22911 Time-stamp: \" \"
22912 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
22913 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
22914 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
22915 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
22916 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
22917 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
22918 template.
22920 \(fn)" t nil)
22922 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
22923 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
22924 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
22926 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22928 ;;;***
22930 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
22931 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
22932 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
22933 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
22934 ;;;;;; (16111 31865))
22935 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
22937 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
22938 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
22939 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
22940 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
22941 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
22942 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
22943 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
22944 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
22945 display (non-nil means on).
22947 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22949 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
22950 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
22951 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
22952 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
22953 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
22954 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
22955 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
22956 this function is called within a day.
22958 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
22959 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
22960 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
22961 discover the name of the project.
22963 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
22965 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
22966 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
22967 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
22968 begun during the last time segment.
22970 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
22971 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
22972 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
22973 discover the reason.
22975 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
22977 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
22978 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
22980 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
22982 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
22983 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
22984 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
22985 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
22986 project you were working on.
22988 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
22990 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
22991 Ask the user before clocking out.
22992 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
22994 \(fn)" nil nil)
22996 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
22997 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
22998 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
23000 \(fn)" t nil)
23002 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
23003 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
23004 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
23005 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
23006 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
23007 \"relative to today\".
23009 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
23011 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
23012 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
23013 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
23014 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
23016 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
23018 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
23019 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
23020 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
23021 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the
23022 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned
23023 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned
23024 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
23025 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is
23026 non-nil.
23028 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
23030 ;;;***
23032 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
23033 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
23034 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (16087 59607))
23035 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
23037 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
23039 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
23040 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
23042 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
23044 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
23045 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION.
23047 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
23049 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
23050 Perform an action at time TIME.
23051 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
23052 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
23053 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
23054 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
23055 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
23056 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
23058 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
23060 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23062 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
23063 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
23064 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
23065 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
23066 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
23068 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
23070 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23072 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
23073 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
23074 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
23075 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
23077 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
23079 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
23080 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
23081 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
23082 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
23084 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
23085 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
23087 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
23089 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23090 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
23092 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
23093 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
23094 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
23095 The call should look like:
23096 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
23097 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
23098 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
23099 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
23100 be detected.
23102 \(fn LIST &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
23104 ;;;***
23106 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
23107 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (15935 48018))
23108 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
23110 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
23111 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
23112 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
23113 the generated Quail package is saved.
23115 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
23117 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
23118 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
23119 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
23120 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
23121 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
23122 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
23123 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
23125 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
23127 ;;;***
23129 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-compose-region)
23130 ;;;;;; "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (15944 21527))
23131 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
23133 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
23134 Not documented
23136 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
23138 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
23139 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
23140 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
23141 PATTERN regexp.
23143 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
23145 ;;;***
23147 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
23148 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (15556 11342))
23149 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
23150 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
23151 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
23152 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
23154 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
23155 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
23156 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
23157 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
23158 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
23160 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
23162 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
23163 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
23164 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
23165 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
23166 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
23168 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
23170 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
23171 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
23172 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
23173 in the menu in two ways:
23174 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
23175 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
23176 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
23178 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
23179 keymap or an alist of alists.
23180 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
23181 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
23183 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
23185 ;;;***
23187 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
23188 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
23189 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (15381 46974))
23190 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
23192 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
23193 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
23195 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
23197 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
23198 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
23200 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
23202 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
23203 Insert new TODO list entry.
23204 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
23205 category.
23207 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23209 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
23210 List top priorities for each category.
23212 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
23213 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
23215 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
23216 between each category.
23218 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
23220 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
23221 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
23222 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
23223 between each category.
23225 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
23227 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
23229 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
23230 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
23232 \\{todo-mode-map}
23234 \(fn)" t nil)
23236 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
23237 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
23239 \(fn)" nil nil)
23241 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
23242 Show TODO list.
23244 \(fn)" t nil)
23246 ;;;***
23248 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
23249 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar"
23250 ;;;;;; "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (15668 41521))
23251 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
23253 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
23254 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
23255 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23256 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23257 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
23259 (custom-autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar")
23261 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
23262 Toggle use of the tool bar.
23263 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
23265 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
23266 conveniently adding tool bar items.
23268 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23270 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
23272 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
23273 Add an item to the tool bar.
23274 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
23275 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
23276 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
23277 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
23279 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
23280 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
23281 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
23283 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
23284 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
23286 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23288 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
23289 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
23290 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
23291 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
23292 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
23293 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
23295 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
23296 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
23297 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
23299 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23301 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
23302 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
23303 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
23304 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
23305 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
23306 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
23307 properties to add to the binding.
23309 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
23311 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
23312 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
23314 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23316 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
23317 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
23318 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
23319 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
23320 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
23321 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
23322 properties to add to the binding.
23324 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
23326 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23328 ;;;***
23330 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
23331 ;;;;;; (15935 44436))
23332 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
23334 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
23335 Mode for tooltip display.
23336 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
23338 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23340 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
23341 Toggle tooltip-mode.
23342 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23343 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
23345 (custom-autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip")
23347 ;;;***
23349 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (15651
23350 ;;;;;; 2747))
23351 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
23353 (defalias (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
23355 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
23357 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
23358 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
23360 \(fn)" t nil)
23362 ;;;***
23364 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
23365 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (15186 56483))
23366 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
23368 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
23369 Set scroll margins.
23371 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
23373 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
23374 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
23376 \(fn)" t nil)
23378 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
23379 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
23381 \(fn)" t nil)
23383 ;;;***
23385 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (15954 11393))
23386 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
23388 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
23389 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
23390 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
23391 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
23392 to a tcp server on another machine.
23394 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
23396 ;;;***
23398 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
23399 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (15761 63033))
23400 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
23402 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
23403 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
23405 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace")
23407 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
23408 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
23409 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
23410 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
23411 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
23412 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
23413 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
23414 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
23416 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23418 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
23419 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
23420 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
23421 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
23422 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
23423 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
23424 the window or buffer configuration at all.
23426 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23428 ;;;***
23430 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-completion-file-name-handler tramp-file-name-handler
23431 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-regexp tramp-file-name-regexp)
23432 ;;;;;; "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (16111 31879))
23433 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
23435 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
23436 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
23437 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
23439 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
23440 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
23441 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
23442 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
23444 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
23445 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
23446 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
23447 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
23449 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
23450 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
23451 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
23452 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
23453 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
23454 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
23455 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
23456 files which are not really tramp files.
23458 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
23459 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
23460 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
23461 updated after changing this variable.
23463 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
23465 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
23467 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/[^/]*$" "\
23468 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
23469 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
23470 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
23472 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
23473 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
23474 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
23475 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
23477 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
23478 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
23479 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
23481 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
23482 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
23483 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
23484 updated after changing this variable.
23486 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
23488 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
23490 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
23491 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
23492 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
23494 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23496 (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote file-remote-p) t)
23498 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
23499 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
23500 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
23502 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23504 (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)
23506 (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler)))
23508 ;;;***
23510 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
23511 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (15304 37383))
23512 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
23513 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
23514 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
23515 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
23517 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
23518 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
23519 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
23520 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
23521 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
23522 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
23523 first and the associated buffer to its right.
23525 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23527 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
23528 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
23529 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
23530 accepting the proposed default buffer.
23532 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
23534 \(fn)" t nil)
23536 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
23537 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
23538 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
23539 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
23540 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
23541 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
23542 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
23544 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
23545 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
23547 First column's text sSs Second column's text
23548 \\___/\\
23549 / \\
23550 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
23552 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
23554 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23556 ;;;***
23558 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
23559 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
23560 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
23561 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (16111 31865))
23562 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
23564 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
23565 Toggle typing break mode.
23566 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
23567 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23568 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
23570 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break")
23572 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
23573 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
23575 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break")
23577 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
23578 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
23580 When this variable is non-nil, emacs checks the idle time between
23581 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
23582 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
23584 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
23585 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
23587 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break")
23589 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
23590 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
23591 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
23593 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
23594 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
23595 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
23596 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
23597 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
23598 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
23600 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
23601 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
23602 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
23603 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
23605 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
23606 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
23608 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
23609 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
23611 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break")
23613 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
23614 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
23615 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
23617 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
23618 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
23619 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
23620 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
23621 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
23622 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
23623 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
23625 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
23626 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
23628 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
23629 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
23630 reset the keystroke counter.
23632 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
23633 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
23634 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
23635 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
23637 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
23638 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
23639 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
23640 `type-break-schedule' command.
23642 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
23643 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
23644 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
23645 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
23646 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
23647 or not to continue.
23649 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
23650 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
23651 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
23652 approximate good values for this.
23654 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
23655 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
23657 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
23658 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
23659 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
23660 `type-break-warning-repeat'
23661 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
23662 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
23664 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
23665 a typing break occur. They include:
23667 `type-break-query-mode'
23668 `type-break-query-function'
23669 `type-break-query-interval'
23671 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
23673 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
23675 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
23676 Take a typing break.
23678 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
23679 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
23681 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
23682 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
23684 \(fn)" t nil)
23686 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
23687 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
23688 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
23689 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
23691 \(fn)" t nil)
23693 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
23694 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
23696 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
23697 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
23698 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
23699 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
23700 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
23701 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
23702 average typing speed.)
23704 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
23705 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
23706 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
23707 the computed maximum threshold.
23709 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
23710 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
23711 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
23712 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
23713 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
23715 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
23717 ;;;***
23719 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
23720 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (15185 49575))
23721 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
23723 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
23724 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
23725 Works by overstriking underscores.
23726 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
23727 which specify the range to operate on.
23729 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23731 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
23732 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
23733 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
23734 which specify the range to operate on.
23736 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23738 ;;;***
23740 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
23741 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (15956 38952))
23742 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
23744 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
23745 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
23746 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
23748 \(fn)" t nil)
23750 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
23751 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
23752 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
23753 following the containing message.
23755 \(fn)" t nil)
23757 ;;;***
23759 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
23760 ;;;;;; (15763 33775))
23761 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
23763 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
23764 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
23765 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
23766 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
23767 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
23768 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
23770 \(fn)" nil nil)
23772 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
23773 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
23775 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
23777 ;;;***
23779 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (15935
23780 ;;;;;; 47054))
23781 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
23783 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
23784 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
23785 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
23786 of symbols with local bindings.
23788 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
23790 ;;;***
23792 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
23793 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (15764 44217))
23794 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
23796 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
23797 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
23798 This function has a choice of three things to do:
23799 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
23800 to refrain from editing the file
23801 return t (grab the lock on the file)
23802 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
23803 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
23804 in any way you like.
23806 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
23808 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
23809 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
23810 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
23811 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
23812 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
23814 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
23815 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
23817 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
23819 ;;;***
23821 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
23822 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (15185 54813))
23823 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
23825 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
23826 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
23827 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
23828 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
23830 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23832 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
23833 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
23834 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
23836 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23838 ;;;***
23840 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
23841 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
23842 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
23843 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
23844 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
23845 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook
23846 ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (16116 34476))
23847 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
23849 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
23850 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
23851 See `run-hooks'.")
23853 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc")
23855 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
23856 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
23857 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
23859 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc")
23861 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
23862 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
23863 See `run-hooks'.")
23865 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc")
23867 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
23868 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
23870 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
23872 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
23873 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
23874 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
23875 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
23876 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
23877 somebody else, signal error.
23879 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
23881 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
23882 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
23883 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
23884 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
23885 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
23887 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
23889 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
23890 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
23891 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
23892 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
23893 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
23894 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
23895 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
23896 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
23897 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
23898 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
23899 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
23901 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
23903 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
23904 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
23906 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
23907 it will operate on the file in the current line.
23909 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
23910 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
23911 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
23912 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
23913 lock steals will raise an error.
23915 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
23917 For RCS and SCCS files:
23918 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
23919 control.
23920 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
23921 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
23922 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
23923 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
23924 it performs a revert.
23925 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
23926 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
23927 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
23928 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
23929 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
23930 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
23931 the option to steal the lock.
23933 For CVS files:
23934 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
23935 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
23936 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
23937 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
23938 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
23939 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
23940 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
23941 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
23942 merge in the changes into your working copy.
23944 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
23946 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
23947 Register the current file into a version control system.
23948 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
23949 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
23951 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
23952 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
23953 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
23954 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
23955 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
23956 first backend that could register the file is used.
23958 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
23960 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
23961 Display diffs between file versions.
23962 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
23963 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
23964 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
23965 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
23966 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
23967 saving the buffer.
23969 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
23971 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
23972 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
23973 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
23974 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
23976 \(fn REV)" t nil)
23978 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
23979 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
23980 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
23981 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
23983 \(fn)" t nil)
23985 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
23986 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
23987 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
23988 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
23989 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
23990 from the current branch.
23992 See Info node `Merging'.
23994 \(fn)" t nil)
23996 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
23998 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
23999 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
24001 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
24003 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
24004 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
24006 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
24008 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
24009 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
24010 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
24011 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
24012 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
24013 are checked out in that new branch.
24015 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
24017 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
24018 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
24019 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
24020 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
24021 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
24022 allowed and simply skipped).
24024 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
24026 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
24027 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
24029 \(fn)" t nil)
24031 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
24032 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
24033 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
24034 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
24035 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
24037 \(fn)" t nil)
24039 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
24040 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
24041 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
24042 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
24043 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
24044 the current branch are merged into the working file.
24046 \(fn)" t nil)
24048 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
24049 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
24050 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
24052 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
24054 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
24055 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
24056 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
24057 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
24058 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
24059 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
24060 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
24062 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
24064 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
24065 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
24066 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
24067 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
24068 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
24069 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
24070 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
24071 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
24072 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
24074 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
24076 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
24077 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
24079 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
24081 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
24082 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
24083 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
24084 directory.
24086 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
24088 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
24089 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
24090 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
24092 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
24093 log entries should be gathered.
24095 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
24097 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
24098 Display the edit history of the current file using colours.
24100 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
24101 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are
24102 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
24103 youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By
24104 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
24105 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
24107 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
24108 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
24109 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
24110 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
24111 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
24112 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
24113 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
24114 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
24116 Customization variables:
24118 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
24119 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
24120 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
24121 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
24123 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
24125 ;;;***
24127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (16078 24841))
24128 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
24129 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
24130 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
24131 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
24132 (load "vc-cvs")
24133 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
24135 ;;;***
24137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (16064 63661))
24138 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
24139 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
24140 (let ((dir file))
24141 (while (and (stringp dir)
24142 (not (equal
24143 dir (setq dir (file-name-directory dir))))
24144 dir)
24145 (setq dir (if (file-directory-p
24146 (expand-file-name "MCVS/CVS" dir))
24147 t (directory-file-name dir))))
24148 (if (eq dir t)
24149 (progn
24150 (load "vc-mcvs")
24151 (vc-mcvs-registered file)))))
24153 ;;;***
24155 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
24156 ;;;;;; (16058 44808))
24157 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
24159 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
24160 *Where to look for RCS master files.
24161 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
24163 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
24164 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
24166 ;;;***
24168 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
24169 ;;;;;; (16058 44425))
24170 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
24172 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
24173 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
24174 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
24176 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
24177 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
24179 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
24180 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
24181 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
24182 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
24184 ;;;***
24186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (16066 39743))
24187 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
24188 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
24189 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
24190 ".svn/entries" (file-name-directory f)))
24191 (load "vc-svn")
24192 (vc-svn-registered f)))
24194 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
24196 ;;;***
24198 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
24199 ;;;;;; (15973 44110))
24200 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
24202 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
24203 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
24205 Usage:
24206 ------
24208 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
24209 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
24210 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
24211 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
24212 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
24213 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
24214 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
24215 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
24216 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
24218 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
24219 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
24220 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
24221 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
24223 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
24224 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
24225 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
24226 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
24227 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
24229 Template styles can be customized in customization group
24230 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
24233 HEADER INSERTION:
24234 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
24235 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
24236 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
24239 STUTTERING:
24240 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
24241 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
24242 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
24243 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
24245 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
24246 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
24247 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
24248 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
24249 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
24252 WORD COMPLETION:
24253 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
24254 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
24255 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
24256 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
24258 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
24259 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
24260 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
24261 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
24262 beginning with \"std\").
24264 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
24265 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
24266 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
24267 stop.
24270 COMMENTS:
24271 `--' puts a single comment.
24272 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
24273 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
24274 with a comment in between.
24275 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
24276 out following lines.
24277 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
24278 uncomments a region if already commented out.
24280 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
24281 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
24282 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
24283 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
24284 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
24285 non-nil.
24287 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
24288 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
24289 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
24290 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
24291 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
24292 multi-line comments.
24295 INDENTATION:
24296 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
24297 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
24298 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
24299 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
24301 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
24302 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
24303 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
24304 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
24306 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
24307 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
24308 and vice versa.
24310 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
24311 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
24314 ALIGNMENT:
24315 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
24316 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
24317 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
24318 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
24319 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
24320 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
24321 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
24322 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
24324 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
24325 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
24326 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
24327 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
24328 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
24329 is non-nil.
24331 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
24332 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
24333 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
24335 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
24336 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
24339 | CODE FILLING:
24340 | Code filling allows to condens code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
24341 | maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
24342 | lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
24343 | enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
24344 | blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
24345 | `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
24348 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
24349 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
24350 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
24351 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
24352 command:
24354 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
24357 PORT TRANSLATION:
24358 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
24359 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
24360 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
24361 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
24362 internal signal initializations (menu).
24364 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
24365 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
24366 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
24368 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
24369 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
24370 | direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
24371 | outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
24372 | reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
24373 | in subsequent paste operations.)
24375 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
24376 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
24377 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
24380 | SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
24381 | Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
24382 | subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
24383 | and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
24384 | association list with formals).
24387 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
24388 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
24389 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
24390 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
24391 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
24392 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
24393 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
24394 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
24395 `vhdl-testbench'.
24398 KEY BINDINGS:
24399 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
24402 VHDL MENU:
24403 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
24406 FILE BROWSER:
24407 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
24408 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
24409 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
24411 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
24412 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
24415 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
24416 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
24417 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
24418 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
24420 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
24421 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
24422 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
24424 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
24425 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
24426 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
24427 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
24429 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
24430 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
24431 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
24432 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
24433 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
24435 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
24436 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
24437 required by secondary units.
24440 | STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
24441 | Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
24442 | for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
24443 | instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
24444 | (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
24445 | all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
24446 | and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
24447 | - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
24448 | connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
24449 | - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
24450 | inputs to this component -> input port created
24451 | - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
24452 | outputs from this component -> output port created
24453 | - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
24454 | considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
24456 | Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
24457 | `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
24458 | an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
24459 | component instantiation is also supported (option
24460 | `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
24462 | Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
24463 | create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
24464 | strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
24465 | component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
24466 | browser, and wiring everything automatically.
24468 | Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
24469 | components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
24471 | See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
24474 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
24475 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
24476 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
24477 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
24478 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
24479 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
24480 information. New compilers can be added.
24482 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
24483 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
24486 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
24487 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
24488 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
24489 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
24490 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
24492 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
24493 command:
24495 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
24496 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
24497 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
24499 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
24500 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
24501 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
24502 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
24503 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
24504 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
24505 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
24507 Limitations:
24508 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
24509 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
24510 not (yet) supported.
24511 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
24512 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
24513 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
24516 PROJECTS:
24517 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
24518 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
24519 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
24520 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
24521 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
24522 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
24523 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
24524 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
24526 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
24527 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
24528 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
24529 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
24530 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
24531 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
24532 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
24533 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
24534 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
24535 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
24536 `vhdl-project-alist'.
24539 SPECIAL MENUES:
24540 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
24541 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
24542 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
24543 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
24544 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
24545 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
24546 current directory for VHDL source files.
24549 VHDL STANDARDS:
24550 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
24551 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
24554 KEYWORD CASE:
24555 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
24556 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
24557 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
24558 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
24559 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
24560 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
24561 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
24562 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
24565 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
24566 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
24567 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
24568 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
24569 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
24570 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
24571 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
24573 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
24574 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
24575 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
24576 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
24577 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
24578 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
24580 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
24581 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
24582 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
24583 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
24584 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
24585 visually.
24587 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
24588 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
24589 highlighted if written in lower case.
24591 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
24592 highlighted using a different background color if option
24593 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
24595 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
24596 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
24597 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
24598 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
24599 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
24602 USER MODELS:
24603 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
24604 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
24605 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
24608 HIDE/SHOW:
24609 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
24610 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
24611 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
24612 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
24613 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
24616 CODE UPDATING:
24617 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
24618 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
24619 Limitations:
24620 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
24621 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
24622 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
24623 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
24624 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
24625 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
24626 (used to obtain the port names).
24629 CODE FIXING:
24630 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
24631 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
24634 PRINTING:
24635 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
24636 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
24637 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
24638 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
24639 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
24640 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
24641 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
24642 printers.
24645 OPTIONS:
24646 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
24647 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
24648 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
24649 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
24650 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
24652 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
24653 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
24654 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
24655 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
24656 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
24657 INSTALL file).
24659 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
24660 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
24663 FILE EXTENSIONS:
24664 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
24665 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
24666 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
24668 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
24671 HINTS:
24672 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
24673 a VHDL file first, use the command:
24675 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
24677 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
24679 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
24682 RELEASE NOTES:
24683 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
24686 Maintenance:
24687 ------------
24689 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
24690 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
24692 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
24694 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
24695 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
24696 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
24697 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
24699 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
24700 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
24701 where the latest version can be found.
24704 Known problems:
24705 ---------------
24707 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
24708 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
24709 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
24712 The VHDL Mode Authors
24713 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
24715 Key bindings:
24716 -------------
24718 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
24720 \(fn)" t nil)
24722 ;;;***
24724 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (15935 47202))
24725 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
24727 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
24728 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
24729 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
24730 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
24732 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
24733 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
24734 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
24735 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
24736 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
24738 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
24739 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
24741 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
24743 * Limitations and unsupported features
24744 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
24745 not supported.
24746 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
24747 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
24749 * Modifications
24750 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
24751 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
24752 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
24753 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
24754 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
24755 for undoing a repeated change command.
24756 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
24757 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
24758 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
24760 * Extensions
24761 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
24762 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
24763 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
24764 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
24765 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
24766 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
24767 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
24768 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
24770 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
24772 \(fn)" t nil)
24774 ;;;***
24776 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
24777 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
24778 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
24779 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (15901 33692))
24780 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
24782 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
24783 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
24785 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
24787 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
24788 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
24789 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
24790 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
24792 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
24794 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
24795 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
24797 \(fn)" t nil)
24799 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
24800 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
24801 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
24802 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
24804 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
24806 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
24807 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
24809 \(fn)" t nil)
24811 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
24812 Not documented
24814 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
24816 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
24817 Not documented
24819 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
24821 ;;;***
24823 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
24824 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
24825 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (16111
24826 ;;;;;; 31865))
24827 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
24829 (defvar view-mode nil "\
24830 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
24831 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
24832 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
24834 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
24836 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
24837 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
24838 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24839 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24840 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24841 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24842 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24844 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24846 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
24848 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
24849 View FILE in View mode in another window.
24850 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
24851 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24852 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24853 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24854 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24855 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24857 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24859 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
24861 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
24862 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
24863 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
24864 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24865 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24866 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24867 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24868 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24870 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24872 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
24874 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
24875 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
24876 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24877 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24878 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24879 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24880 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24882 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24884 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
24885 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
24886 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
24888 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
24890 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
24891 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
24892 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
24893 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24894 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24895 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24896 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24897 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24899 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24901 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
24902 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
24903 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
24905 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
24907 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
24908 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
24909 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
24910 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24911 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24912 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24913 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24914 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24916 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24918 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
24919 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
24920 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
24922 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
24924 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
24925 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
24926 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
24928 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
24929 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
24930 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
24931 read-only.
24932 \\<view-mode-map>
24933 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
24934 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
24935 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
24936 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
24937 commands default to a repeat count of one.
24939 H, h, ? This message.
24940 Digits provide prefix arguments.
24941 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
24942 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
24943 > move to the end of buffer.
24944 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
24945 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
24946 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
24947 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
24948 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
24949 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
24950 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
24951 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
24952 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
24953 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
24954 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
24955 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
24956 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
24957 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
24958 Use this to view a changing file.
24959 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
24960 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
24961 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
24962 . set the mark.
24963 x exchanges point and mark.
24964 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
24965 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
24966 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
24967 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
24968 ' go to position saved in character register.
24969 s do forward incremental search.
24970 r do reverse incremental search.
24971 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
24972 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
24973 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
24974 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
24975 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
24976 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
24977 p searches backward for last regular expression.
24978 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
24979 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
24980 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
24981 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
24982 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
24983 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
24984 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
24985 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
24986 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
24987 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
24989 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
24990 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
24991 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
24992 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
24993 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
24994 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
24995 will return to that buffer.
24997 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24999 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25001 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
25002 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
25003 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
25004 `view-return-to-alist'.
25005 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
25006 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
25007 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
25009 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
25010 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
25011 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
25012 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
25013 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
25014 1) nil Do nothing.
25015 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
25016 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
25017 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
25018 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
25020 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25022 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25024 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
25026 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
25027 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
25029 \(fn)" t nil)
25031 ;;;***
25033 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (16111
25034 ;;;;;; 31879))
25035 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
25037 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
25038 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
25040 \(fn)" nil nil)
25042 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
25043 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
25045 \(fn)" t nil)
25047 ;;;***
25049 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
25050 ;;;;;; (15935 47203))
25051 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
25053 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
25054 Toggle Viper on/off.
25055 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
25057 \(fn)" t nil)
25059 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
25060 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi.
25062 \(fn)" t nil)
25064 ;;;***
25066 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
25067 ;;;;;; (16087 59607))
25068 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
25070 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
25071 Function to generate warning prefixes.
25072 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
25073 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
25074 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
25075 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
25076 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
25077 the beginning of the warning.")
25079 (defvar warning-series nil "\
25080 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
25081 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
25082 which is the start of the current series; it means that
25083 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
25084 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
25085 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
25086 also call that function before the next warning.")
25088 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
25089 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
25091 (defvar warning-group-format " (%s)" "\
25092 Format for displaying the warning group in the warning message.
25093 The result of formatting the group this way gets included in the
25094 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
25096 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
25097 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
25098 GROUP should be a custom group name (a symbol),
25099 or else a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
25100 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
25101 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
25103 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
25104 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
25105 if you do not attend to it promptly.
25106 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
25107 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
25108 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
25109 :debug -- info for debugging only.
25111 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
25112 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
25114 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
25116 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
25117 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
25119 \(fn GROUP MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
25121 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
25122 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
25123 Aside from generating the message with `format',
25124 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
25126 GROUP should be a custom group name (a symbol).
25127 or else a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
25128 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
25129 can be whatever you like.)
25131 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
25132 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
25133 if you do not attend to it promptly.
25134 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
25135 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
25137 \(fn GROUP LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25139 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
25140 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
25141 Aside from generating the message with `format',
25142 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
25143 `emacs' as the group and `:warning' as the level.
25145 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25147 ;;;***
25149 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (15935 48476))
25150 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
25152 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
25153 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
25155 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
25156 hotlist.
25158 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
25159 <nwv@acm.org>.
25161 \(fn)" t nil)
25163 ;;;***
25165 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
25166 ;;;;;; (16087 59843))
25167 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
25168 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
25169 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
25171 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
25173 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
25174 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
25175 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25176 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25177 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
25179 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func")
25181 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
25182 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
25183 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
25184 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
25186 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
25187 and off otherwise.
25189 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25191 ;;;***
25193 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
25194 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
25195 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
25196 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
25197 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
25198 ;;;;;; (16111 31865))
25199 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
25201 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
25202 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
25204 \(fn)" t nil)
25206 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
25207 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
25209 \(fn)" t nil)
25211 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
25212 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
25214 \(fn)" t nil)
25216 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
25217 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
25219 \(fn)" t nil)
25221 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
25222 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
25224 \(fn)" t nil)
25226 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
25227 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
25228 These are:
25229 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
25230 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
25231 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
25232 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
25233 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
25235 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
25236 and:
25237 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
25238 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
25240 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
25242 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
25243 Check the region for whitespace errors.
25245 \(fn S E)" t nil)
25247 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
25248 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
25250 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
25251 whitespace problems.
25253 \(fn)" t nil)
25255 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
25256 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
25258 \(fn S E)" t nil)
25260 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
25261 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
25262 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25263 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25264 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
25266 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace")
25268 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
25269 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
25270 With ARG, turn the mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
25272 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
25273 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
25275 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25277 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
25278 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
25279 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
25281 \(fn)" t nil)
25283 ;;;***
25285 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
25286 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (15935 44721))
25287 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
25289 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
25290 Browse the widget under point.
25292 \(fn POS)" t nil)
25294 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
25295 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
25297 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
25299 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
25300 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
25302 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
25304 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
25305 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
25306 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
25308 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25310 ;;;***
25312 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
25313 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (16111
25314 ;;;;;; 31865))
25315 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
25317 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
25318 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
25320 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
25322 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
25323 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
25324 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
25326 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
25328 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
25329 Create widget of TYPE.
25330 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
25332 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25334 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
25335 Delete WIDGET.
25337 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
25339 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
25340 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
25342 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25344 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
25345 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
25346 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
25348 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
25349 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
25351 \(fn)" nil nil)
25353 ;;;***
25355 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
25356 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (16111
25357 ;;;;;; 31865))
25358 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
25360 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
25361 Select the window to the left of the current one.
25362 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
25363 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
25364 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
25365 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
25366 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25368 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25370 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
25371 Select the window above the current one.
25372 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
25373 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
25374 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
25375 negative ARG) of the current window.
25376 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25380 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
25381 Select the window to the right of the current one.
25382 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
25383 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
25384 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
25385 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
25386 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25388 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25390 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
25391 Select the window below the current one.
25392 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
25393 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
25394 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
25395 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
25396 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25398 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25400 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
25401 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
25402 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
25403 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
25405 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
25407 ;;;***
25409 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
25410 ;;;;;; (15935 44772))
25411 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
25413 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
25414 Toggle winner-mode.
25415 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25416 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
25418 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner")
25420 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
25421 Toggle Winner mode.
25422 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
25424 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25426 ;;;***
25428 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
25429 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (16011 21748))
25430 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
25432 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
25433 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
25434 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
25435 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
25436 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
25437 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
25438 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
25439 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
25441 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
25442 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
25444 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
25446 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
25447 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
25449 \(fn)" t nil)
25451 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
25452 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
25453 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
25454 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
25455 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
25456 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
25457 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
25458 `woman' command for further details.
25460 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
25462 ;;;***
25464 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
25465 ;;;;;; (15935 47203))
25466 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
25468 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
25469 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
25471 BUGS:
25472 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
25473 are not implemented
25474 - Options for search and replace
25475 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
25476 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
25478 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
25479 Emacs-like.
25481 The key bindings are:
25483 C-a backward-word
25484 C-b fill-paragraph
25485 C-c scroll-up-line
25486 C-d forward-char
25487 C-e previous-line
25488 C-f forward-word
25489 C-g delete-char
25490 C-h backward-char
25491 C-i indent-for-tab-command
25492 C-j help-for-help
25493 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
25494 C-l ws-repeat-search
25495 C-n open-line
25496 C-p quoted-insert
25497 C-r scroll-down-line
25498 C-s backward-char
25499 C-t kill-word
25500 C-u keyboard-quit
25501 C-v overwrite-mode
25502 C-w scroll-down
25503 C-x next-line
25504 C-y kill-complete-line
25505 C-z scroll-up
25507 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
25508 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
25509 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
25510 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
25511 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
25512 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
25513 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
25514 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
25515 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
25516 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
25517 C-k b ws-begin-block
25518 C-k c ws-copy-block
25519 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
25520 C-k f find-file
25521 C-k h ws-show-markers
25522 C-k i ws-indent-block
25523 C-k k ws-end-block
25524 C-k p ws-print-block
25525 C-k q kill-emacs
25526 C-k r insert-file
25527 C-k s save-some-buffers
25528 C-k t ws-mark-word
25529 C-k u ws-exdent-block
25530 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
25531 C-k v ws-move-block
25532 C-k w ws-write-block
25533 C-k x kill-emacs
25534 C-k y ws-delete-block
25536 C-o c wordstar-center-line
25537 C-o b switch-to-buffer
25538 C-o j justify-current-line
25539 C-o k kill-buffer
25540 C-o l list-buffers
25541 C-o m auto-fill-mode
25542 C-o r set-fill-column
25543 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
25544 C-o wd delete-other-windows
25545 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
25546 C-o wo other-window
25547 C-o wv split-window-vertically
25549 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
25550 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
25551 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
25552 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
25553 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
25554 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
25555 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
25556 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
25557 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
25558 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
25559 C-q a ws-query-replace
25560 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
25561 C-q c end-of-buffer
25562 C-q d end-of-line
25563 C-q f ws-search
25564 C-q k ws-to-block-end
25565 C-q l ws-undo
25566 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
25567 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
25568 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
25569 C-q w ws-last-error
25570 C-q y ws-kill-eol
25571 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
25573 \(fn)" t nil)
25575 ;;;***
25577 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
25578 ;;;;;; (16111 31865))
25579 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
25581 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
25582 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
25583 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
25584 Returns the top node with all its children.
25585 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
25587 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD)" nil nil)
25589 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
25590 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
25591 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
25592 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
25593 is not a well-formed XML file.
25594 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
25595 and returned as the first element of the list.
25597 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD)" nil nil)
25599 ;;;***
25601 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (16017
25602 ;;;;;; 34179))
25603 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
25605 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
25606 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25607 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25608 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25609 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
25611 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
25613 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
25614 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
25615 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25617 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
25619 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25621 ;;;***
25623 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
25624 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (15397 31808))
25625 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
25627 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
25628 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
25630 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
25632 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
25633 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
25635 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
25637 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
25638 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
25639 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
25641 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
25643 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
25644 Zippy goes to the analyst.
25646 \(fn)" t nil)
25648 ;;;***
25650 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (15634 63601))
25651 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
25653 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
25654 Zone out, completely.
25656 \(fn)" t nil)
25658 ;;;***
25660 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
25661 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (15935 48476))
25662 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
25664 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
25665 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified.
25667 \(fn)" t nil)
25669 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
25670 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
25672 Zone-mode does two things:
25674 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
25675 when saving the file
25677 - fontification" t nil)
25679 ;;;***
25681 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "abbrevlist.el" "bindings.el"
25682 ;;;;;; "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
25683 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
25684 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
25685 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
25686 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
25687 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-maint.el"
25688 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
25689 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
25690 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
25691 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
25692 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
25693 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
25694 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
25695 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
25696 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
25697 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el"
25698 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el"
25699 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/parse-time.el" "case-table.el"
25700 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dos-fns.el"
25701 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el"
25702 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el"
25703 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
25704 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
25705 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
25706 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
25707 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
25708 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
25709 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
25710 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el"
25711 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/testcover-ses.el"
25712 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/testcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
25713 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
25714 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
25715 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
25716 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
25717 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
25718 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
25719 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
25720 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
25721 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
25722 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
25723 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
25724 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
25725 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
25726 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "filesets.el" "finder-inf.el"
25727 ;;;;;; "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
25728 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/flow-fill.el" "gnus/format-spec.el"
25729 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
25730 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
25731 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
25732 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
25733 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-range.el"
25734 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
25735 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
25736 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
25737 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
25738 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
25739 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
25740 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml.el"
25741 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
25742 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
25743 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
25744 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
25745 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el"
25746 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/qp.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el"
25747 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
25748 ;;;;;; "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el"
25749 ;;;;;; "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
25750 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/iso-insert.el"
25751 ;;;;;; "international/iso-swed.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
25752 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
25753 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
25754 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
25755 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
25756 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
25757 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
25758 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/swedish.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
25759 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-7.el" "international/utf-8.el"
25760 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el"
25761 ;;;;;; "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el" "language/english.el"
25762 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el"
25763 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el"
25764 ;;;;;; "language/japanese.el" "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el"
25765 ;;;;;; "language/malayalam.el" "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el"
25766 ;;;;;; "language/slovak.el" "language/tamil.el" "language/thai.el"
25767 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
25768 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el"
25769 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
25770 ;;;;;; "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-customize.el"
25771 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
25772 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-index.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
25773 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-pick.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el"
25774 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-xemacs-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-xemacs-icons.el" "misc.el"
25775 ;;;;;; "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
25776 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
25777 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
25778 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
25779 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/float.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el"
25780 ;;;;;; "obsolete/mlsupport.el" "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el"
25781 ;;;;;; "obsolete/rnews.el" "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el"
25782 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sun-fns.el" "obsolete/uncompress.el" "obsolete/x-apollo.el"
25783 ;;;;;; "obsolete/x-menu.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el"
25784 ;;;;;; "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el"
25785 ;;;;;; "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
25786 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el"
25787 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
25788 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el"
25789 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
25790 ;;;;;; "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el" "register.el"
25791 ;;;;;; "replace.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "scroll-bar.el"
25792 ;;;;;; "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el"
25793 ;;;;;; "subr.el" "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el" "term/apollo.el" "term/bg-mouse.el"
25794 ;;;;;; "term/bobcat.el" "term/internal.el" "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/keyswap.el"
25795 ;;;;;; "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el" "term/mac-win.el" "term/news.el"
25796 ;;;;;; "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el" "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/sun.el"
25797 ;;;;;; "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/tvi970.el"
25798 ;;;;;; "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el"
25799 ;;;;;; "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el"
25800 ;;;;;; "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "term/w32-win.el"
25801 ;;;;;; "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
25802 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
25803 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
25804 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
25805 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
25806 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
25807 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el"
25808 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "uniquify.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el"
25809 ;;;;;; "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el"
25810 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el") (16116
25811 ;;;;;; 61316 216684))
25813 ;;;***
25815 ;;; Local Variables:
25816 ;;; version-control: never
25817 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
25818 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
25819 ;;; End:
25820 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here